ACCA F7 December 2015 Notes

Se
OpenTuition.com
ACCA Paper
Free resources for accountancy students
F7
pt
em
20 be
15 r/D
ex ec
am em
s be
Financial
Reporting
Please spread the word about OpenTuition, so

that all ACCA students can benefit.
ONLY with your support can the site exist and
continue to provide free study materials!
Visit opentuition.com for the latest updates watch the free lectures that accompany these
notes; attempt free tests online;
get free tutor support, and much more.
OpenTuition Lecture Notes can be downloaded FREE from http://opentuition.com

Copyright belongs to OpenTuition.com - please do not support piracy by downloading from other websites.
The best things

in life are free
IMPORTANT!!! PLEASE READ CAREFULLY
To benefit from these notes you must watch the free

lectures on the OpenTuition website in which we
explain and expand on the topics covered
In addition question practice is vital!!
You must obtain a current edition of a Revision / Exam
Kit from one of the ACCA approved content providers
they contain a great number of exam standard
questions (and answers) to practice on.
You should also use the free Online Multiple Choice
Tests and the Flashcards which you can find on on the
OpenTuition website.
http://opentuition.com/acca/
CONTENTS
Financial Reporting basic concepts
The regulatory framework
Published Financial Statements
IFRS5 Discontinued operations and assets held for sale
17
IAS 8
21
Group Accounts: An Introduction
25
Preparation of the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
31
Group Accounts: Inter-entity Transactions
45
Group Accounts: Comprehensive Example
55
10
Preparation of the Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income
57
11
Accounting for Investments in Associates (IFRS3 Revised)
63
12
IAS 2 Inventories
67
13
IAS 11 Construction Contracts
69
14
IAS 36 Impairment of Assets
77
15
IAS 37 Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets
81
16
IAS 17 Leases
87
17
IAS 23 Borrowing Costs
95
18
IAS 12 Income Taxes
97
19
IAS 7 (Revised): Statements of Cash Flows
103
20
Interpretation of Accounts Ratio Analysis
113
21
IAS 33 Earnings Per Share
119
22
Theoretical matters
127
23
IAS 16 Property, Plant and Equipment
131
24
IFRS 15 Revenue from contracts with customers
133
25
IAS 20 Government Grants
139
26
IAS 38 Intangible Assets
141
27
IAS 40 Investment Properties
143
28
IFRS 9 Financial Instruments
145
29
Agriculture
151
Answers to Examples
155
Mini Exercises Questions
197
Mini Exercises Answers
225
Practice Questions
249
Practice Answers
261
Visit OpenTuition.com and use our FREE Online Multiple Choice Tests
OpenTuition Lecture Notes can be downloaded FREE from OpenTuition.com

Copyright belongs to OpenTuition.com - please do not support piracy by downloading from other websites.
Free ACCA course notes Free ACCA lectures Free tests Free tutor support StudyBuddy Largest ACCA forums
Free
ACCA
Notes
Free
ACCA
Lectures
Ask
ACCA
Tutor
Free
ACCA
Tests
OpenTuition.com
Paper F7
Chapter 1
Free lectures available for Paper F7 - click here
FINANCIAL REPORTING BASIC CONCEPTS

Underlying assumptions
accruals
going concern
consistency
materiality
off-setting
E xample 1
Laima has recently bought a shop called Sweet for $1 million and included the full amount in her cost of sales account.
How does each of the five concepts affect the way Laima should treat the cost of $1 million?
2 Chapter 1
Financial Reporting basic concepts
Paper F7
December 2015 Examinations
Advantages and disadvantages of standardisation of accounting practices
provide a focal point for debate
require disclosure of policies adopted
encourage global discussion
flexible
enable meaningful comparison
reduce penumbral areas of divergent possibilities
pressure groups may succeed in asking for amendments
allowed alternative treatments standardisation?
inappropriate treatment could result from following a standard
rules take away use of skill and judgement
Paper F7
Chapter 2
THE REGULATORY FRAMEWORK

A conceptual framework
framework has been developed

defined as a constitution, a coherent system of interrelated objectives and fundamentals which can lead to consistent standards
and which prescribe the nature, function and limits of financial accounting and financial statements
generally accepted accounting practice ( gaap )
a combination of:

each countrys own law
international financial reporting standards
stock exchange requirements
but gaap does not have any statutory authority
changes and evolves with changing circumstances
The framework
provides a set of principles
purpose defined as assisting:
IASC in development of new standards
review of existing standards
harmonisation of standards and procedures
reduction of penumbral areas of divergent possibilities
development of new standards by national accounting bodies
preparers of financial statements
auditors in forming audit opinions
users in their interpretation of financial statements
4 Chapter 2
Paper F7
Framework contents
objectives of financial statements
underlying assumptions ( accruals and going concern )
qualitative characteristics ( see next )
elements of financial statements (assets, liabilities, equity, income, expenses and capital maintenance)
recognition of the elements
measurement
concept of capital and capital maintenance
as a set of principles, it requires entities to follow the spirit of the framework
its not a standard, so does not override any existing standard requirements
nor does it define any standard for measurement or disclosure of any particular issue
Chapter 2
Paper F7
Framework qualitative characteristics
understandable
D12, D13
comparable
pilot, J08, D12, D13
relevant
pilot, D13
faithful representation
D07, D13
complete
D13
material
J08, D13
substance over form
J08, J10
reliable
pilot, D07
neutral
D13
provable
J08, D13
(you can remember framework contents. Mike says remember nine principles!)
Fundamental characteristics
Enhancing characteristics
(Relevant, and faithful representation)
(Reliability)
completeness
understandability
neutrality, and
verifiability
material accuracy
comparability, and
timeliness
6 Chapter 2
Paper F7
Financial statements comprise:
Statement of financial position
Statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income
Statement of changes in equity
Statement of cash flows
Notes ( accounting policy and explanations )
some elements of the report of the executives are also auditable

remuneration committees report
report on the appropriateness of the system of internal control
purpose of IAS 1 ( revised ) is to ensure greater clarity and understandability of financial statements
within the financial statements there should be disclosed

name of the entity
date of the end of the accounting period
period covered by the financial statements
reporting currency
degree of precision used
country of incorporation and address of registered office
description of the nature of operations
name of parent entity and ultimate holding entity
number of employees at end of period ( or average during the period )
Paper F7
Chapter 3
PUBLISHED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
proforma financial statements following IAS1 (revised)

XYZ GROUP
Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income for the year ended 31 December, 2009
(classification of expenses by function)
2009
$000
Revenue
X
Cost of sales
(X)
2008
$000
X
(X)
Gross profit
Other operating income
X
X
X
X
Distribution costs
Administrative expenses
Other operating expenses
(X)
(X)
(X)
(X)
(X)
(X)
Profit from operations

Finance cost
Income from associates
X
(X)
X
X
(X)
X
Profit before tax

Income tax expense
Profit after tax
X
(X)
X
X
(X)
X
2009
$000
(X)
X
X
X
X
2008
$000
X
(X)
X
X
X
XYZ GROUP
Surplus/(deficit) on revaluation of properties

Surplus/(deficit) on revaluation of investments
Net gains not recognised in the Statement of Income
Net profit for the period
Total Comprehensive Income
8 Chapter 3
Paper F7
XYZ GROUP
Statement of Financial Position as at 31 December, 2009
2009
$000
ASSETS
Non-current assets
Goodwill
Property, plant and equipment
Other financial assets
2009
$000
X
X
X
2008
$000
X
X
X
X
Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Prepayments
Cash and cash equivalents
X
X
X
X
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

Equity
Issued capital
Reserves
Retained earnings
Non-controlling interest
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Total assets
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Non-current liabilities
Interest bearing borrowings
Deferred tax
X
X
X
X
X
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Short term borrowings
Current tax
Current portion of interest bearing borrowings
Total equity and liabilities
2008
$000
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Chapter 3
Paper F7
Statement of Changes in Equity
IAS 1 (revised) requires an entity to disclose the information in the Statement of Changes in Equity as a separate component of its
financial statements.
XYZ GROUP
Statement of Changes in Equity for the year ended 31 December, 2009
Balance at 31 December, 2007

Changes in accounting policies
Restated balance
Surplus on revaluation of properties
Deficit on revaluation of investments
Net Income and Expense not recognised in the
Statement of Income
Dividends
Issue of share capital
Deficit on revaluation of properties
Surplus on revaluation of investments
Net income and expense not recognised in the
Statement of Income
Dividends
Share
capital
Share
premium
Revaluation
reserve
Retained
earnings
Non-controlling
Interest
Total
$000
$000
$000
$000
$000
$000
X
X
(X)
X
(X)
X
X
(X)
X
X
(X)
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
(X)
X
X
X
(X)
(X)
X
(X)
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
(X)
(X)
X
X
(X)
X
X
(X)
(X)
(X)
(X)
X
X
X
X
(X)
(X)
X
(X)
(X)
X
X
10 Chapter 3
Paper F7
E xample 1
B Co Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income extracts for the year ended 31 December, 2009
$000
Net profit for the year
421
Dividend
(98)
Retained profit
323
During the year the following important events took place:
(i)
Properties were revalued by $105,000 increase.
(ii) $200,000 of $1 share capital was issued during the year at a 25c premium
(iii) A non-current asset with a carrying value of $130,000 was written down to $95,000. The impairment occurred as a result of general
price changes. The revaluation surplus account contains $25,000 relating to this asset.
(iv) Opening equity was:
$
Issued capital
400,000
Share premium
50,000
Revaluation surplus
165,000
Retained earnings
310,000
925,000
Show how the events for the year would be shown in the Statement of Changes in Equity.
Notes to the financial statements as required by international financial reporting standards

Chapter 3
Paper F7
the notes to the financial statements should present information about the basis of preparation of the financial statements and
the accounting policies selected. They should disclose all information required by IFRS not disclosed elsewhere in the financial
statements.
in addition they should disclose any additional information not disclosed on the face of the financial statements, but which is
necessary for a true and fair view.
accounting policies

the financial statements are prepared in accordance with and comply with IFRS. The financial statements are prepared
under the historical cost convention as modified by the revaluation of property, plant and equipment, marketable securities
and investment properties.
depreciation is calculated on the straight line basis in order to write off the cost of each asset, or the revalued amounts, to
their residual values over their estimated useful life as follows:
Buildings X%
Machinery X%
Office equipment X%
Inventories have been valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value.
segment information
profit from operations

Profit from operations is stated after charging/ (crediting):
Depreciation
Impairment
Profit on disposal of tangible non-current assets
Gain or loss on disposal or restatement to fair value of financial instruments
Write-down of inventory to net realisable value
Amortisation
Research and development expenditure
Operating lease rentals
Staff costs
Rental income from investment property
Operating expenses from investment property generating rental income
Operating expenses from investment property not generating rental income
Amounts paid to the auditors
X
X
(X)
(X)
X
X
X
X
X
(X)
X
X
X
11
12 Chapter 3
Paper F7
staff costs
Wages and salaries
Termination benefits
Social security costs
Pension costs - defined contribution plan
Pension costs - defined benefit plan
Other post retirement benefits
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Average weekly number of persons employed during the year:

Full time
Part time
X
X
X
Note:
Average number
Either the number of employees at the end of the period or the average for the period.
finance costs
Interest income (if material)
Interest expense
- bank borrowings
- finance leases
Preference dividend 8.1% paid
X
X
X
X
X
income tax expense

Current tax
Under/(overstatement) of prior periods
Deferred tax
X
X/(X)
X
X
dividends
Ordinary
- interim
4.15c paid
- final 7.85c
proposed
X
X
X
Note
Show the amount per share for each class of share distinguishing between amounts paid and proposed, (if proposed before the
year end)
Chapter 3
Paper F7
intangible assets
Deferred Development
Expenditure
Goodwill
Total
Net book value at 1 January, 2009

Additions
Impairment losses
Amortisation
Disposals
Net book value at 31 December, 2009
X
X
(X)
(X)
(X)
X
X
X
(X)
(X)
X
X
X
(X)
(X)
(X)
X
At 31 December, 2009
Cost
Accumulated amortisation/impairment losses
Net book value
X
(X)
X
X
(X)
X
X
(X)
X
At 1 January, 2009
Cost
Accumulated amortisation/impairment losses
Net book value
X
(X)
X
X
(X)
X
X
(X)
X
property, plant and equipment

Land and buildings
Machinery
Office equipment
Total

Additions
Revaluation surplus
Impairment losses
Depreciation charge
Disposals
X
X
X
(X)
(X)
(X)
X
X
X
(X)
(X)
(X)
X
X
X
(X)
(X)
X
X
X
X
(X)
(X)
(X)
X
Cost or valuation
Accumulated depreciation/impairment losses
Net book value
X
(X)
X
X
(X)
X
X
(X)
X
X
(X)
X
At 1 January, 2009
Cost or valuation
Accumulated depreciation/impairment losses
Net book value
X
(X)
X
X
(X)
X
X
(X)
X
X
(X)
X
Included within the net book value of plant and machinery is $X in respect of assets held under finance leases (IAS 17 revised)
Note
The following should be disclosed separately (IAS 16 revised):

any restrictions on title of property, plant and equipment pledged as security for liabilities
the amount of expenditure on property, plant and equipment in the course of construction
the amount of capital commitments for the acquisition of property, plant and equipment
13
14 Chapter 3
revaluations in the year (IAS 16 revised)

For items of property, plant and equipment revalued disclose:

------
basis used to revalue the assets;

the effective date of the revaluation;
where an independent valuer was involved, the name and/or qualifications
the historic cost equivalent of the above information as if the asset had not been revalued (ie if using the benchmark
treatment); and
the amount of the revaluation surplus.
investment properties (IAS 40)
At 1 January, 2009
Additions - acquisition
Additions - subsequent expenditure
Transfers
Net gain/loss from fair value adjustments
Disposals
Depreciation
Impairment losses
Other movements
Paper F7
Fair Value Model

X
X
X
X/(X)
X
(X)
X
X
Cost Model
X
X
X
X/(X)
(X)
(X)
(X)
X
X
Gross carrying amount
Accumulated depreciation/ impairment losses
Net book value
X
(X)
X
At 1 January, 2009
Gross carrying amount
Accumulated depreciation/ impairment losses
Net book value
X
(X)
X
inventories (IAS 2 revised)

Merchandise
Production supplies
Materials
Work in progress
Finished goods
The carrying amount of inventories carried at net realisable value should be disclosed separately
X
X
X
X
X
X
trade and other receivables

Trade receivables
Amounts receivable from group undertakings
Amounts receivable from associates and joint ventures
Amounts receivable from related parties
Other receivables
Prepayments
Non-current receivables should be disclosed separately broken down by the above categories
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Chapter 3
Paper F7
cash and cash equivalents (IAS 7 revised)

Cash in hand and balances with banks
Short-term investments
X
X
X
Cash includes cash in hand and current and other accounts with banks. Cash which is not immediately available for use, for
example, balances frozen in foreign banks by exchange restrictions, should be disclosed separately.
issued share capital

Number of shares
Equity shares
Share premium
Total
$000
$000
$000
At 1 January, 2009
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Issue of shares
X
X
X
X
The total number of shares is Xm with a par value of $1 per share. All shares issued are fully paid (disclose any which are not).
interest-bearing borrowings
9% unsecured loan stock 2020
8.1% redeemable preference shares
X
X
X
finance lease liabilities

see separate chapter.
trade and other payables

Trade payables
Amounts payable to group undertakings
Amounts payable to associates and joint ventures
Income tax
Social security and other taxes
Dividends payable
Other payables
Accrued expenses
Note

Details of security given for all secured payables.
Include only the current portion of instalment payables,
The non-current portion is disclosed in the note for non-current liabilities.
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
15
16 Chapter 3
Paper F7
provisions
Provision brought forward at 1 January, 2009
Additional provisions
Amounts used
Unused amounts reversed
Provision carried forward at 31 December, 2009
X
X
(X)
(X)
X
The following should be disclosed for each class of provision:
a brief description of the nature of the obligation and expected timing of outflows
an indication of the uncertainties about the amount or timing of the outflows
the amount of any expected reimbursement
contingent assets and contingent liabilities IAS 37

(see separate chapter)
events after the reporting period (IAS 10 revised)

The following should be disclosed for non-adjusting events of such importance that non-disclosure would influence the ability of
the user of the financial statements to make proper evaluations and decisions:

the nature of the event
an estimate of the financial effect or a statement that such an estimate cannot reasonably be made, and
an explanation why.
Paper F7
Chapter 4
IFRS5 DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

AND ASSETS HELD FOR SALE
Objective
to require entities to disclose information about operations which have been discontinued during the accounting period
improves the readers ability to interpret the results and to make meaningful projections
a non-current asset held for sale is one where the carrying amount will be recovered principally through sale rather than through
continuing use
a disposal group is a group of ( net ) assets to be disposed of in a single sale transaction
to be classified as held for sale
it must be available for immediate sale in its present condition
...subject only to terms that are usual and customary for sales of such assets, and
its sale must be highly probable ( see next )
for a sale to be highly probable

management must be committed to a plan to sell the asset
an active programme to locate a buyer must have been started
as also must be a programme to complete the plan
the asset must be being actively marketed at a price that is reasonable in relation to its current fair value
the sale should be expected to take place within twelve months from the date of classification as held for sale
it should be unlikely that significant changes to the plan will be made or that the plan will be withdrawn
measurement lower of carrying value and fair value less costs to sell
impairment loss to be recognised if fair value is less than carrying value
held for sale assets should not be depreciated even though they may still be in use
17
18 Chapter 4
Paper F7
Discontinued operation
a discontinued operation is a component of an entity that has either
...been disposed of, or...
...has been classified as held for sale
additionally it should
represent a separate major line of business or geographical area of operations, or...
...is part of a single co-ordinated plan to dispose of a separate major line of business or geographical area of operations , or...
...is a subsidiary acquired exclusively with a view to re-sell
a component of an entity comprises operations and cash flows which can be clearly distinguished from the rest of the entity, both
operationally and for financial reporting purposes
in order to be classified as discontinued the sale or termination must actually have taken place by the end of the accounting period
IFRS 5 presentation
assets and liabilities held for sale should be presented separately from other assets and liabilities in the statement of financial
position
assets and liabilities should not be off-set
the major classes of assets and liabilities must be separately disclosed on the face of the statement of financial position or in the
notes
presentation of discontinued operations on the Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income:
post tax profit or loss from discontinued operations
post tax impairment to bring the discontinued operations to their recoverable amount
by way of note ( or on the Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income )

revenue, expenses and pre-tax profit or loss from discontinued operations
related tax expense
gross amount of impairment to bring the discontinued operations to their recoverable amount, and.
.the related tax expense
on the statement of cash flows, must show the cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities attributable to the
discontinued operations
Chapter 4
Paper F7
Additional disclosures
description of the non-current asset ( or disposal group )
description of the facts and circumstances of the sale or disposal and..
.the expected manner and timing of the disposal
details of any impairment loss recognised when the asset was classified as held for sale
if applicable, disclose the segment in which the asset held for sale is included
where classification as held for sale is after the accounting period end but before the date of approval of the financial statements,
it should be disclosed as a non-adjusting event
most of the additional disclosures apply also where an operation has been discontinued during the year
Proforma disclosure as a note
on 1 January, 2009 the entity announced its intention to sell its building operations. The sale was completed on 31 July, 2009 and
the building activities are reported as a discontinued operation.
the results and cash flows of the discontinued operation for the current period at the date of disposal were as follows:
Revenue
Operating expenses
Costs of discontinuance
Loss from operations
Interest expense
Loss before tax
Income tax
Loss after tax
60
(55)
(45)
(40)
(15)
(55)
16
(39)
Operating cashflows
Investing cashfows
Financing cashflows
(X)
X
(X)
X
The assets and liabilities disposed of were as follows:

Current assets
Total assets
Total liabilities
Loss on disposal before tax
Tax charge thereon
X
X
X
(X)
(X)
X
(X)
19
20 Chapter 4
Paper F7
E xample 1
Ruta Co Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income for the year ended 31 December, 2009
Revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Distribution costs
$000
2009
700
(300)
400
(100)
(70)
$230
$000
2008
550
(260)
290
(70)
(60)
$160
During the year the entity ran down a material business operation with all activities ceasing on 30.3.2009 The costs attributable to the
closure amounted to $5,000 charged to administrative expenses. The results of the operation for 2009 and 2008 were as follows:
Revenue
Cost of sales
Distribution costs
Loss from operations
$000
2009
60
(40)
(13)
(10)
$(3)
$000
2008
70
(45)
(14)
(12)
$(1)
The entity made gains of $7,000 on the disposal of non-current assets of the discontinued operation. These have been netted off against
administrative expenses.
Prepare the Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income for the year ended 31 December, 2009 for Ruta
Co, complying with the provisions of IFRS 5, disclosing the information on the face of the Statement of Profit or Loss and
Other Comprehensive Income. Ignore taxation.
Paper F7
Chapter 5
IAS 8
Net profit or loss for the period, fundamental errors and changes in accounting policies
all income and expenses must be included when arriving at profit for the period unless another IAS states differently
a change in accounting policy should be adjusted in the prior period
a correction of a fundamental error should be adjusted in the prior period
transactions involving shareholders ( dividends, share issues, redemptions etc ) should not be included these are shown on the
statement of changes in equity
in arriving at profit from ordinary activities, an entity should disclose those matters which are relevant to a fuller understanding of
the entitys performance
examples in the IAS include:
write down of inventories
impairment of assets to recoverable amount
restructuring costs
profits ( losses ) on disposal of non-current assets
court case settlements
21
22 Chapter 5
IAS 8
Paper F7
Changes in accounting estimates
should be adjusted in the current period
examples include:-
provisions for doubtful debts
changes in useful lives of depreciable assets
any adjustment should be treated consistently by including them in the Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive
Income classification as previously used
the nature and amount of any change in accounting estimate having a material impact should be disclosed
Fundamental errors
fundamental errors are those of such significance that the financial statements of a prior period can no longer be considered to
have been reliable as at the date of issue.
accounting treatment of fundamental errors:

adjust the opening balance of retained earnings, and
restate comparative information
disclosure

nature
amount of correction in current and prior periods
amount of correction relating to periods before the comparatives
the fact that comparatives have been restated
Chapter 5
IAS 8
Paper F7
E xample 1
Adomas Co Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income extract and summarised Statement of Financial Position for the
year ended 31 December, 2008
$000
Revenue
2,500
Cost of sales and expenses
(1,200)
Profit for the year
1,300
Statement of Financial Position at 31 December, 2008
Non-current assets
Current assets
Share capital
Reserves
Current liabilities
2,000
800
2,800
600
2,000
2,600
200
2,800
During 2009 it was discovered that certain non-current assets had been included in the records at 31 December 2008 at $500,000 in
excess of their recoverable amount and that this situation was unlikely to change.
Prior to making any adjustment for the above the results and summarised Statement of Financial Position of Adomas Co for 2009 was as
follows:
Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income extract for the year ended 31 December, 2009
$000
Revenue
2,600
Costs and expenses
(1,400)
Profit for the year
1,200
Statement of Financial Position at 31 December, 2009
Non-current assets
Current assets
Share capital
Retained earnings
Current liabilities
2,800
1,700
4,500
600
3,500
4,100
400
4,500
During 2009 some other items of property had been revalued by $300,000 (included in the above retained earnings figure)
Prepare extracts from Adomas Cos financial statements for the year ended 31 December, 2009.
23
24 Chapter 5
IAS 8
Paper F7
Changes in accounting policy
normally, policies should be applied consistently from one period to the next.
changes are therefore rare
changes should only be made if:

required by statute
required by international financial reporting standard
change will result in financial statements which are:

---
more relevant and no less reliable or

more reliable and no less relevant
accounting treatment:

adjust opening balance of retained earnings
restate comparative information
disclosure

reasons for the change
amount of the adjustment for each period presented
amount of the adjustment relating to periods before the comparatives
the fact that comparatives have been adjusted
Paper F7
Chapter 6
GROUP ACCOUNTS: AN INTRODUCTION

Issue
entities may expand organically by building up their business from their own trading, or by acquisition (ie by acquiring control of
other entities).
Illustration 1
Danguola Plc
80%
Ramunas Ltd
100%
Evaldas Ltd
60%
Venantas Ltd
types of acquisition

when an entity acquires a sole trader or partnership, it acquires individual assets and liabilities which are added to its
statement of financial position, since it now owns them.
all profits and losses that the sole traders assets would generate are now under the entitys control and reported in its
Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income.
when it acquires control of another entity, it is done by acquiring shares rather than individual assets and liabilities.
the investment in the acquiring entitys books is represented by the ownership of shares, which in turn represents control
of the acquired entitys net assets.
after the transaction the acquired entity will continue to exist as a separate legal person with its continuing national
legislative reporting responsibilities.
25
26 Chapter 6
Paper F7
IFRS 10
explains in detail the concept of control
investor controls an investee when the investor

is exposed to, or
has rights to
---
variable returns from its involvement, and

has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee
the IFRS extends the objective test of ownership of >50% of voting shares
adopts a principles based approach
investor needs regularly to reassess whether control still exists
control exists when the investor

can exercise the majority of voting rights in the investee
is in a contractual arrangement with others giving control
holds <50% of the voting rights, but the remainder are widely distributed
holds potential voting rights which will give control at some time in the future
Chapter 6
Paper F7
Illustration 2
The Statements of Financial Position of Vytautas and Gediminas at 1 January, 2009 are as follows:
Vytautas
$
$
ASSETS
Non-current assets
Plant and equipment
50,000
Current assets
Inventory
Receivables
Cash
Total assets
Capital and Reserves
$1 Equity shares
Retained earnings
Current liabilities
8,000
6,000
4,000
Gediminas
$
9,000
4,000
2,000
1,000
18,000
68,000
7,000
16,000
40,000
20,000
60,000
8,000
68,000
400
2,600
3,000
13,000
16,000
Vytautas acquires 100% of the share capital of Gediminas on 1 January, 2009 for $3,000 in cash.
parent entity Statement of Financial Position

under IFRS3 (Business Combinations), the investment can be recorded in the holding entitys books in one of two ways:
---
carried at cost
accounted for as an asset held for sale as described in IFRS 5.
an asset held for sale in this case represents an investment in shares in another entity held for short-term profit-making by
trading those shares. It should initially be recognised at cost and from then on at its fair value.
in these notes, it is assumed that the investment is recorded in the holding entitys individual records at cost.
E xample 1
Show how Vytautas will record this investment and prepare the revised Statement of Financial Position of Vytautas as at 1
January, 2009
27
28 Chapter 6
Paper F7
features of the parent entity Statement of Financial Position

shows investment as an interest in shares at cost. This will remain unchanged from year to year.
other net assets remain unchanged, reflecting only those assets and liabilities held by Vytautas directly.
Illustration 3
A year later, the respective Statements of Financial Position are as shown:
Vytautas
$
ASSETS
Non-current assets
Plant and equipment
Investment in Gediminas
Current assets
Total assets
$1 Equity shares
Retained earnings
Current liabilities
Gediminas
$
55,000
3,000
58,000
20,000
78,000
10,000
10,000
12,000
22,000
40,000
25,000
65,000
400
9,600
10,000
13,000
78,000
12,000
22,000
Is Vytautas providing its shareholders with useful information? Clearly not!

Note

The investment remains static at its historic cost.
While under Vytautas ownership and control Gediminas net assets have increased significantly.

Solution
The solution to the information gap illustrated above depends on the type of investment Vytautas has in Gediminas
Chapter 6
Paper F7
Types of investment
E xample 2
Size of investment
Extent of influence achieved
Accounting treatment
0% to < 20%
20% 50%
> 50%
Provided Vytautas has a controlling influence it is required to produce an additional set of financial statements which aim to
record the substance of its relationship with Gediminas rather than its strict legal form.
this additional set of financial statements is referred to as group, or consolidated, financial statements.
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

in addition to its own Statement of Financial Position Vytautas Co also has to reflect the commercial substance of its investment
Vytautas Consolidated Statement of Financial Position at 31 December, 2009
$
Assets
Non-current assets
Plant and equipment
65,000
Current assets

$1 Equity shares
Retained earnings
Current liabilities
32,000
97,000
40,000
32,000
72,000
25,000
97,000
features of the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

no investment.
the assets and liabilities are now those within the control of Vytautas, ie the resources available to the group.
share capital is only that of the parent entity because these financial statements are prepared for the shareholders of
Vytautas.
the retained earnings comprises Vytautas own retained earnings plus its share (100%) of Gediminas retained earnings
made since Vytautas acquired its investment, that is (9,600 2,600) 100%
29
30 Chapter 6
Paper F7
Definition of a subsidiary
a subsidiary is an entity controlled by another entity.
control is the power to govern the financial and operating policies of an entity so as to obtain benefits from its activities.
control is presumed to exist when the parent owns, directly or indirectly through subsidiaries, more than one half of the voting
power of an entity unless, in exceptional circumstances, it can be clearly demonstrated that such ownership does not constitute
control.
control also exists when the parent owns half or less of the voting power of an entity when there is:

power over more than half the voting rights by virtue of an agreement with other investors;
power to govern the financial and operating policies of the entity under statute or agreement;
power to appoint or remove the majority of the directors or equivalent governing body; or
power to cast the majority of votes at meetings of the directors or equivalent governing body.
Paper F7
Chapter 7
PREPARATION OF THE CONSOLIDATED

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
Issue
consolidation is the process of adjusting and combining financial information from the individual financial statements of a parent
undertaking and its subsidiary undertakings to prepare consolidated financial statements that present financial information for the
group as a single economic entity.
the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position reflects the assets and liabilities within the control of the parent entity, and how
they are owned.
defined by IAS 27 Separate Financial Statements, consolidated financial statements are the financial statements of a group
presented as those of a single entity.
E xample 1
Rasa acquired 100% of the shares of Tatjana on 1 January, 2009 for $18,000. At that date the Statements of Financial Position were as
follows:
Rasa
Tatjana
$
$
Investment in Tatjana
18,000
Other assets
30,000
20,000
48,000
20,000
$1 Equity shares
20,000
8,000
Retained earnings
22,000
10,000
42,000
18,000
Liabilities
6,000
2,000
48,000
20,000
Prepare the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position of the Rasa Group as at 1 January, 2009
(Aggregate the two Statements of Financial Position.)
Rasa Group Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as at 1 January, 2009
31
32 Chapter 7
Paper F7
Note

share capital is always, only, ever the share capital of the parent entity.
the retained earnings of $10,000 in Tatjana were all achieved prior to Rasa gaining control, and since this question asks for
a CSoFP as at date of acquisition, then there has been no opportunity for Tatjana to make any profits subsequent to Rasa
gaining control. Therefore, in this example, the consolidated retained earnings are simply those of Rasa.
Post-acquisition reserves
E xample 2
One year later, 31 December, 2009 the Statements of Financial Position of Rasa and Tatjana are as follows:
Investment in Tatjana
Other assets
$1 Equity shares
Retained earnings
Liabilities
Rasa
$
18,000
40,000
58,000
20,000
31,000
51,000
7,000
58,000
Tatjana
$
26,000
26,000
8,000
14,000
22,000
4,000
26,000
Prepare the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position of the Rasa Group as at 31 December, 2009.
Note

the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position shows the assets which are under the control of Rasa, rather than the
investment in shares of Tatjana
the share capital is always, only, ever that of the parent entity, because the group financial statements are prepared for the
benefit of Rasas shareholders only.
included in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position are Rasas share of the profits less losses made by Tatjana since
acquisition.
Chapter 7
E xample 3 - C omprehensive
Paper F7
example
Aurimas acquired 100% of Oleg for $20,000 when the Statement of Financial Position of Oleg was as follows:
$
23,000
12,000
8,000
20,000
3,000
23,000
Other assets
$1 Equity shares
Retained earnings
Liabilities
On 31 December, 2009 the Statements of Financial Position of the two entities are as follows:
Investment in Oleg
Other assets
$1 Equity shares
Retained earnings
Liabilities
Aurimas
$
20,000
40,000
60,000
10,000
42,000
52,000
8,000
60,000
Oleg
$
30,000
30,000
12,000
15,000
27,000
3,000
30,000
Prepare the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position of the Aurimas Group as at 31 December, 2009
Note

net assets controlled by the group are $59,000 (assets of $70,000 less liabilities of $11,000)
since Oleg is a 100% subsidiary, Aurimas also owns net assets of $27,000 ie ($30,000 $3,000)
the consolidated retained earnings comprise the whole of Aurimas retained earnings ($42,000) plus Aurimas share (100%)
of Olegs retained earnings made since acquisition ($15,000 - $8,000)
33
34 Chapter 7
Paper F7
Complications
goodwill

so far, the cost of the investment has equalled the value of the identifiable net assets acquired and therefore the buying
entity has not paid any surplus over the worth of the subsidiary
where the cost of investment is greater than the fair value of the net assets acquired, the investor has paid for something
more than the tangible net assets of the acquired business.
the difference is called GOODWILL and is defined in IFRS 3 Business Combinations as:
--
accounting treatment of goodwill

future economic benefits arising from assets that are not capable of being individually identified and separately
recognised
the accounting treatment of goodwill on acquisition of a subsidiary is governed by IFRS 3. It states that purchased positive
goodwill should be capitalised and subjected to an annual impairment review.
negative goodwill arising on acquisition

an acquirer should review at the first year end after the acquisition the fair value of assets on acquisition.
if negative goodwill still results, this should be credited to the Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income
at the earliest opportunity
Chapter 7
Paper F7
E xample 4
Maruta acquired the entire share capital of Liene for $30,000 on 1 January, 2009 when the Statements of Financial Position of the two
entities were as follows:
Investment in Liene
Other assets
$1 Equity shares
Retained earnings
Liabilities
Maruta
$
30,000
40,000
70,000
25,000
36,000
61,000
9,000
70,000
Liene
$
27,000
27,000
15,000
5,000
20,000
7,000
27,000
Prepare the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position of the Maruta Group as at 1 January, 2009
Goodwill will be an intangible non-current asset in the top half of the Statement of Financial Position
Note

net assets controlled by the group are $61,000
share capital is always, only, ever that of the parent entity.
35
36 Chapter 7
Paper F7
Non-controlling interests
non-controlling interests arise where the parent entity controls a subsidiary but does not own 100% of it
Note

remember you do not have to own 100% of an entity to control it
the group financial statements will need to show the extent to which the assets and liabilities are controlled by the parent
entity but are owned by other parties, namely the non-controlling interests.
Workings
(W1) Group Structure, as normal
(W2) Goodwill
Cost of investment
NCI investment valuation
Net assets @ doa
$1 Equity shares
Retained earnings
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
(X)
Goodwill
Impaired since acquisition
Therefore, on CSoFP
(W3) Consolidated retained earnings
per question
- pre acquisition
post acquisition
ps share
Post acquisition
Less: goodwill impaired since acquisition (parents share only)
CSoFP
(X)
P
X
S
X
(X)
X
?%
X
(X)
X
(W4) Non-controlling Interest (? %)

They want their share of the subsidiary net assets at Statement of Financial Position date
Value of nci investment at date of acquisition
Their share of S post acquisition retained
Less: their share of goodwill impairment
Nci on CSoFP

X
X
X
(X)
X
Chapter 7
Paper F7
The non-controlling interest in the goodwill of the subsidiary creates additional complications
there are two distinct ways of guiding you in the calculation
the examiner may say either:
the parent company policy is to value the non-controlling interest as their proportional share of the subsidiarys fair valued
net assets at date of acquisition, or
the parent company policy is to value the non-controlling interest on a full or fair value basis
the key is the use of the word proportional or proportion or proportionate
E xample 5
Remigijus acquires 75% of the issued share capital of Ilona for $80,000 when the Ilona retained earnings were $60,000. It is the policy of
the directors to value the non-controlling interest as their proportional share of the subsidiary fair valued net assets at date of acquisition.
Two years later on 31 March, 2010 the respective Statements of Financial Position were:
Remigijus
Ilona
$
$
Investment in Ilona
80,000
Other assets
100,000
150,000
180,000
150,000
$1 Equity shares
Retained earnings
Liabilities
50,000
90,000
140,000
40,000
180,000
32,000
98,000
130,000
20,000
150,000
Prepare the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position of the Remigijus Group as at 31 March, 2010.
NB. Goodwill has not been impaired since acquisition
37
38 Chapter 7
Paper F7
but where the examiner tells us the value of the NCI is based on a full or fair value basis of the market value of the subsidiary
information may be given in any one of three ways
the exam question could say, for example, either

goodwill attributable to the NCI on acquisition was $2,000, or
the NCI investment was estimated at $30,000, or
the market value of the subsidiary shares immediately before acquisition was $4.
looking at each possibility in turn:
E xample 6
Ivona bought 60% of the shares of Guido for $100,000 when the Guido retained earnings were $40,000. The Ivona directors have valued
the goodwill attributable to the nci at $5,000. Goodwill has not been impaired since acquisition.
At 30 June, 2010, the respective Statements of Financial Position were:
Ivona
Guido
$
$
Investment in Guido
100,000
Other net assets
60,000
190,000
160,000
190,000
$1 Equity shares
Retained earnings
70,000
90,000
160,000
Prepare the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as at 30 June, 2010
80,000
110,000
190,000
Chapter 7
Paper F7
E xample 7
Using Ivona and Guido, but with the information that the value of the nci investment was estimated at $55,000, prepare the
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as at 30 June, 2010
39
40 Chapter 7
Paper F7
The other possibility which you could face is where the examiner gives a value for the Guido shares.
E xample 8
Using Ivona and Guido, but with the information that the Guido shares were worth $1.65 immediately before the acquisition by Ivona, prepare the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as at 30 June, 2010.
there is a further complication which arises when goodwill is to be impaired.
in the last of the Ivona / Guido examples, goodwill was $32,800
now suppose that this goodwill is to be impaired by 10%
10% $32,800 is $3,280 and this amount is allocated on the basis of shareholdings ie on a 60% / 40% basis
Chapter 7
Paper F7
E xample 9
Recalculate W2, W3 and W4 for the other Ivona / Guido example on the assumption that goodwill is to be impaired by 10%
and reprepare the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
41
42 Chapter 7
Paper F7
Other reserves
exam questions will often give other reserves (such as a revaluation surplus) as well as retained earnings. These reserves should be
treated in exactly the same way as retained earnings.
if the reserve is pre-acquisition it forms part of the calculation of net assets at the date of acquisition and is therefore used in the
goodwill calculation.
if the reserve is post-acquisition, or there has been some movement on a reserve which existed at acquisition, the Consolidated
Statement of Financial Position will show the parent entitys reserve plus its share of the movement on the subsidiarys reserve.
Mid-year acquisitions
so far, we have considered acquisitions only at the Statement of Financial Position date. Thus, since entities produce Statements of
Financial Position at that date anyway, there has been no special need to establish the net assets of the acquired entity at that date.
with a mid-year acquisition, a Statement of Financial Position is unlikely to exist at the date of acquisition as required. Accordingly,
we have to estimate the net assets at the date of acquisition using various assumptions.
rule for mid-year acquisitions

assume that profits accrue evenly throughout the year unless specifically told otherwise.
E xample 10
Robertas acquired 75% of the issued share capital of Ingrida on 1 August, 2009.
At 31 December, 2009 the two entities have the following Statements of Financial Position:
The directors of Robertas have valued the NCI investment on a proportional basis.
$
Investment in Ingrida
TNCA
Other assets
$1 Equity shares
Share premium
Retained earnings at 1 January, 2009
Profit for 2009
Liabilities
Robertas
$
15,000
12,000
13,000
40,000
5,000
-
24,000
10,000
Ingrida
$
30,000
4,000
34,000
3,000
1,500
20,000
6,000
34,000
39,000
1,000
40,000
Prepare the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position of the Robertas Group as at 31 December, 2009.
26,000
30,500
3,500
34,000
Chapter 7
Paper F7
IFRS 13 Fair value measurement

Fair value of assets and liabilities acquired
the fair value is calculated as:

securities and tangible non-current assets - market value
receivables and payables - present value
finished goods and work in progress - net selling price less reasonable profit margin
raw materials - replacement cost
intangible assets - by reference to an active market, or otherwise on an arms length basis
if the fair value of an intangible asset cannot be measured with respect to an active market, then the amount recognised should be
limited to an amount that does not create negative goodwill (or if it already exists, does not increase negative goodwill).
method

adjust assets and liabilities to reflect fair values prior to consolidation.
prepare the consolidated financial statements using the adjusted values of assets and liabilities.
consider if any adjustments are needed as a result of this eg extra depreciation.
43
44 Chapter 7
Paper F7
E xample 11
On 1 January 2008, Dalius acquired 70% of Ramuna for $250,000 when Ramunas share capital and reserves were as follows:
$000
$1 Equity shares
130
Retained earnings
20
150
At acquisition, the fair value of some of Ramunas assets were greater than their book value as follows:
Inventory (all sold in the year)
Non-depreciable non-current assets
Depreciable non-current assets (over 5years)
At 31 December, 2009 the Statements of Financial Position of Dalius and Ramuna were as follows:
Dalius
$
Cost of investment in Ramuna
250,000
Other assets
350,000
600,000
$1 Equity shares
200,000
Retained earnings
360,000
560,000
Liabilities
40,000
600,000
$
20,000
15,000
30,000
65,000
Ramuna
$
300,000
300,000
130,000
100,000
230,000
70,000
300,000
It is Dalius policy to value the non-controlling interest on the proportionate basis

Prepare the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position of Dalius as at 31 December, 2009
Goodwill is not impaired.
Paper F7
Chapter 8
GROUP ACCOUNTS: INTER-ENTITY TRANSACTIONS

Issue
the purpose of consolidation is to present the parent entity and its subsidiaries as if they existed as a single entity.
therefore, only amounts owing to or from outside the group should be included in the Consolidated Statement of Financial
Position, and any assets should be stated at cost to the group.
Trading transactions
inter-entity balances

trading transactions will usually be recorded in current accounts in each entitys accounting records, which would also
record amounts received and/or paid.
the current account receivable in one entitys records should equal the current account payable in the other. These two
balances should be cancelled on consolidation as inter-entity receivables and payables and should not be shown.
reconciliation of inter-entity balances

where current accounts do not agree at the year end, and in an exam they probably will not, this will be due to errors,
management charges, or in-transit items such as inventory and cash.
for errors, make the necessary correction in the records of the entity which has made the error.
for management charges, make the correction in the records of the entity which has not yet accounted for the charge.
for in-transit items, accelerate the inventory or cash into the records of the receiving entity.
method

make all the adjustments ON THE FACE OF YOUR QUESTION PAPER prior to consolidating net assets.
45
46 Chapter 8
Paper F7
E xample 1
Jurate acquired 70% of the share capital of Dovile on its incorporation. The Statements of Financial Position of the two entities as at 31
December, 2009 are as follows:
Jurate
Dovile
$000
$000
NON-CURRENT ASSETS
Tangible
400
150
Investment in Dovile
140
540
150
CURRENT ASSETS
Inventory
70
50
Receivables
Dovile
90
other
80
70
Cash
30
20
270
140
Total assets
810
290
EQUITY
$1 Equity shares
Retained earnings
CURRENT LIABILITIES
Trade payables
other
Jurate
500
200
700
110
-
200
30
230
10
50
110
810
60
290
Notes:
(i)
There was cash in transit of $30,000 from Dovile to Jurate at the year end.
(ii) Goods despatched by Jurate to Dovile before the year end with the related invoices to the value of $10,000 were not received by
Dovile until 4 January 2010. The original cost of the goods was $10,000.
(iii) The directors of Jurate value the NCI on a proportional basis.
Prepare a Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as at 31 December, 2009.
Chapter 8
Paper F7
Your question paper should now look like this, after you have made the adjustments:
Jurate
$000
NON-CURRENT ASSETS
Tangible
Investment in Dovile
CURRENT ASSETS
Inventory
Receivables
- Dovile
- other
Cash
400
140
540
70
90 - 30
80
30 + 30
Total assets
EQUITY
$1 Equity shares
Retained earnings
CURRENT LIABILITIES
Trade payables
other
Jurate
Dovile
$000
150
150
50 + 10
70
20
270
810
150
300
500
200
700
200
30
230
110
-
10
50 + 10
110
810
Now cancel 60 receivable from Dovile against 60 payable to Jurate
70
300
47
48 Chapter 8
Paper F7
Inventory sold at a profit within the group
inventory should be stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value from the point of view of the group. If inventory has been
transferred within the group at a profit it will be over-stated and needs to be written down.
the entity that made the sale will have recorded a profit on the transaction which is realised from the individual entity point of view.
From the group perspective, this profit will only be realised when the goods are sold to the outside world, and therefore should not
be recognised in the consolidated financial statements.
to eliminate the unrealised profit from retained earnings and inventory a provision is made in the books of the entity making the
sale. This only happens on consolidation.
method

calculate the unrealised profit included in inventory and note the adjustments to inventory and retained earnings ON THE
FACE OF THE QUESTION PAPER. Both sides of the adjustment must be made to the entity which has recognised this
unrealised profit ie the selling entity.
Note:
profits may be referred to in a number of ways. The examiner has called the profit percentage

a mark-up

a gross profit
a gross margin
(these last two are the same)

Accept that: Cost +
Profit =
in the exam, the examiner may give you a value for cost, or for transfer price, and will normally give you a profit percentage.
for mark up, the percentage relates to cost
for gross profit, the percentage relates to selling value.
so, when faced with a Provision for Unrealised Profit adjustment, always set out the equation:
Cost
now put into the profit column the percentage given by the examiner.
next, read carefully whether this is a mark-up or a gross profit.
if its mark-up, put 100 in the Cost column.
if its gross profit or gross margin, put 100 in the SP column.
now complete the equation.
for example, if goods were transferred at a 20% gross margin, then the equation will appear as
C
Profit
Selling (or transfer) Price
= SP
Profit = SP
? + 20 = 100
therefore cost must be 80
Chapter 8

Paper F7
if they were transferred at 30% mark-up, then

C
Profit = SP
100 + 30 = ?

therefore selling/transfer value must be 130

from these equations, you can now calculate how much profit was achieved on transfer by the selling entity, and therefore
also the profit element which is included in the closing inventory.
E xample 2
Petras acquired 75% of the share capital of Signe on its incorporation. The Statements of Financial Position of the two entities as at 31
December, 2009 are as follows:
Petras
Signe
$000
$000
NON-CURRENT ASSETS
Tangible
500
250
Investment in Signe
150
650
250
CURRENT ASSETS
Inventory
130
70
Others
100
60
230
130
880
380
Total assets
EQUITY
$1 Equity shares
Retained earnings
CURRENT LIABILITIES
450
300
750
200
150
350
130
880
30
380
Notes:
(i)
there were no inter-entity balances at the year end
(ii) during December 2009 Signe sold goods to Petras for $60,000. Signe sells goods at a mark up of 25%. Petras had not sold any of
these goods at the year end.
(iii) the directors of Petras value the NCI on a proportional basis.
Prepare a Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as at 31 December, 2009
49
50 Chapter 8
Paper F7
Transfer of non-current assets
carrying value and depreciation

the transfer of non-current assets at a profit within the group gives rise to the same kind of issues as the transfer of inventory,
namely that the non-current assets should be stated at cost to the group and the profit on the sale is unrealised.
an additional problem is that the non-current asset will subsequently be being depreciated based on the new carrying
value, but the group depreciation charge should be based on original cost.
the adjustment for unrealised profit should be made in the records of the entity which has recognised the profit ie the
selling entity.
the adjustment for depreciation should also be made in the records of the selling entity.
method
make the adjustments ON THE FACE OF THE QUESTION:
(1) Dr
Retained earnings
Cr
Non-current assets
with the provision for unrealised profit in the financial statements of the entity selling the asset.
(2) Dr
Non-current assets
Cr
Retained earnings
with the surplus depreciation also in the financial statements of the entity selling the asset.
E xample 3
On 1 January, 2009 Linas acquired 60% of the equity share capital of Asta for $160,000 when the balance on Astas retained earnings was
$275,000. The Statements of Financial Position of the two entities at 31 December, 2009 are as follows:
Linas
Asta
$000
$000
NON-CURRENT ASSETS
Tangible
400
240
160
Investment in Asta
560
240
CURRENT ASSETS
440
510
Total assets
1,000
750
EQUITY
$1 Equity shares
Retained earnings
CURRENT LIABILITIES
300
500
800
120
600
720
200
1,000
30
750
Note:
(i) During the year ended 31 December, 2009 Linas sold a piece of plant and equipment to Asta for $90,000. The asset originally
cost $200,000 and had been written down to $80,000 as at 31 December, 2008. Both entities depreciate non-current assets on a
straight line basis over 5 years, with a full years charge in the year of purchase and none in the year of sale. Asta is depreciating the
cost of the asset over its remaining useful life of 2 years.
(iii) the directors of Linas value the NCI on a proportional basis.
Prepare the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as at 31 December, 2009.
Chapter 8
Paper F7
Dividends
issue

dividends are an appropriation of profit and the parent entity, as a shareholder of the subsidiary, will be entitled to a share
of the subsidiarys dividends.
as always, any inter-entity payable or receivable should not appear in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position so
only the liability to third parties will be disclosed, ie the dividend payable to the non-controlling interest.
method

adjustments will need to be made if:
-dividends proposed before year end have not been adjusted for; and/or
-dividends receivable still need to be accounted for in the parent entitys records.
the adjustments should be made ON THE FACE OF THE QUESTION PAPER prior to consolidation.
note:

IAS 10 (revised) states that only dividends proposed before the Statement of Financial Position date should be accounted
for.
on consolidation, the dividend receivable in the records of the parent entity will cancel against the dividend payable in
the records of the subsidiary to leave the amount payable to the non-controlling interest as a liability in the Consolidated
Statement of Financial Position.
the adjustments are, in the parent entity records

DR Receivables

CR
Retained earnings
with the parents share of the subsidiary dividend and, in the subsidiary records
DR
Retained earnings
CR
Dividends payable
with the full subsidiary dividend.

then, cancel the Receivable (in parent) with the Payable (in subsidiary) leaving just the non-controlling interests share of
the dividend as a payable.
51
52 Chapter 8
Paper F7
E xample 4
Non-current assets
- investment in Kristine
- other
Current assets
Total assets
$1 Equity shares
Retained earnings
Current liabilities
Laimonas
$000
Kristine
$000
50
23
36
109
16
64
80
60
40
100
9
109
20
50
70
10
80
Laimonas has proposed a dividend of $16,000

Kristine has proposed a dividend of $10,000
Both of the above were proposed before the year end, but not adjusted for.
Laimonas acquired 90% of Kristines share capital 4 years ago when the balance on Kristines retained earnings was $30,000.
The value of the nci shareholding at the date of acquisition was $5,500
Produce the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position of the Laimonas Group. Goodwill is impaired by 80%.
Having made the adjustments for the dividends, your question paper should look like this:
Extracts
Laimonas
$000
Receivables (Current assets)
36 +9
Retained earnings
Payables
40 + 9 - 16
9 + 16
Kristine
$000
64
50 - 10
10 + 10
Now cancel 9 receivables in Laimonas against 9 of the 10 payables in Kristine, leaving 1 payable in Kristine. In the exam, show this 1
separately as NCI proposed dividend.
Chapter 8
and finally . one last problem
the examiner has introduced one last difficulty and it arises with frequent regularity
its a problem relating to the cost of acquisition by the parent of the investment in the subsidiary
Paper F7
so far, we have considered only a cash payment made by the parent to the former shareholders of the subsidiary so the parent
could buy those shares
but what if, instead of or as well as offering cash, the parent issued some of its own shares in exchange for the shares in the
subsidiary
say you hold 500 shares in an entity and you have just received an offer from another entity wanting to buy your 500 shares
but instead of offering you cash today, they make an alternative suggestion
the alternative could for example be a combination of different elements such as:
cash next year
a loan note ( a promise by this new company to pay you sometime in the future )
some shares in their own company
I llustration
Here are the relevant extracts from question 1 in the December 2012 examination:Viagem acquired 90% of the equity share capital of Greca on 1 January, 2012 in a share for share exchange in which Viagem issued two
new shares for every three shares it acquired in Greca.
In addition, on 31 December, 2012 Viagem will pay the shareholders of Greca $1.76 per share acquired.
Viagems cost of capital is 10% per annum
at the date of acquisition, shares in Viagem and Greca had a stock market value of $6.50 and $2.50 each, respectively
the fair value of the non-controlling interest investment is the fair value of the shares held by them
we are also told that the $1 equity shares and the retained earnings of the two companies as at 1 January, 2012 were:
Viagem
Greca
$1 equity shares
30,000
10,000
Retained earnings
54,000
35,000
Solution
How many shares did we acquire?
90% 10,000 = 9,000
How many shares did we issue?
we issued two new shares for every three acquired so:
9,000/3 2 means we issued 6,000 of our own shares to acquire 9,000 shares in Greca
And how much were our shares worth?
$6.50
therefore, the value of the shares we issued to acquire 90% of Greca was
6,000
6,000 $1 nominal value of share capital
6,000 $5.50 share premium
33,000
OK, thats the share for share element sorted out
53
54 Chapter 8
Paper F7
Now for the deferred cash payment, payable on 31 December 2012

At a cost of capital of 10% an amount of $1.10 payable in one years time has a present value of $1.10 1 /1.10 = $1
So an amount of $1.76 has a today value of $1.76 1 / 1.10 ie $1.60
and 9,000 shares acquired $1.60 = $14,400
therefore total consideration for the acquisition is:
$1 equity shares
share premium
deferred cash payment
6,000
33,000
14,400
add to that the nci investment value of 1,000 shares valued at $2.50 = $2,500
total value of Greca is therefore $55,500
for more practice with share for share exchanges, try the mini-exercises at the end of these notes
Paper F7
Chapter 9
GROUP ACCOUNTS: COMPREHENSIVE EXAMPLE
E xample 1
When Ausra bought 75% of the Danute 50c equity shares of 31 March, 2011, the value of the Ausra $1 equity shares was $4.30 and the
Danute shares had a market value of $2.20.
The terms of the acquisition were a combination of elements:

for every 3 shares acquired Ausra issued 1 new share

a payment of $1.21 for each 2 shares acquired payable on 1 April 2013

a payment of $0.60 per share acquired immediately
The Ausra cost of capital is 10% per annum
Only the cash payment on 31 March 2011 has so far been recorded
On 31 October 2011, the respective Statements of Financial Position were:
Ausra
$
Investment in Danute
36,000
TNCA
260,000
Inventory
Receivables
Cash
Total assets
$1 Equity shares (50c Danute)
Share premium
Retained earnings
Long term liabilities
3% Debentures
Current liabilities
100,000
90,000
5,000
Danute
$
200,000
50,000
80,000
36,000
195,000
491,000
166,000
366,000
100,000
30,000
215,000
345,000
40,000
20,000
124,000
184,000
30,000
375,000
116,000
491,000
80,000
264,000
102,000
366,000
1. At the date of acquisition, some of Danutes inventory had a fair value $12,000 in excess of its carrying value. All of this inventory
had been sold before the year end.
2. On 31 July 2011, Danute had sold an item of property, plant and equipment to Ausra realising a profit on sale of $36,000. Ausra
was depreciating this item over its remaining useful life of 4 years. It is group policy to charge a full years depreciation in the year
of purchase, and none in the year of sale.
3. On 1 October, 2011 Ausra had despatched goods to Danute at a transfer value of $26,000. Ausra sells goods at a margin of 30%.
Danute had sold a quarter of these goods by the Statement of Financial Position date.
4. The current accounts did not reconcile at the year end because Danute had sent a payment of $6,500 to Ausra, but Ausra only
received it on 2 November 2011. Before any necessary adjustment, the intra group balance in Danutes records showed an amount
owing to Ausra of $11,500.
5.
Goodwill is impaired by 25%.
6. Profits for the two companies for the year to 31 October, 2011 (before any adjustments necessary to be made) were respectively
$70,000 and $60,000
7.
Both entities have declared but not yet accounted for a dividend per share of 10c (Ausra) and 3c (Danute).
8.
The directors valued the nci investment on a fair value basis using the market value of the Danute shares as a fair measure.
Prepare a Consolidated Statement of Financial Position for the Ausra Group as at 31 October 2011.
55
56 Chapter 9
Group Accounts: Comprehensive Example
Paper F7
Paper F7
Chapter 10
PREPARATION OF THE CONSOLIDATED

STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
Purpose
aim

the aim of the Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income is to show the results of the group
for an accounting period as if it were a single entity.
exactly the same principles are to be applied as for the Statement of Financial Position ie control in the first instance.
accordingly, we are then able to show the profits of the group arising from the control exercised by the parent entity.
method

revenue down to profit after tax
--
AGGREGATE 100% parent and 100% subsidiary regardless of amount owned (so long as control is established)
thereby showing profits controlled by the parent.
-EXCLUDE any dividends from subsidiary since to include them would be double counting - youve included the
profits out of which dividends are paid in part (i) above.
non-controlling interest. They want their share of this years subsidiary profit after tax.
dividends parent entity only.
both the non-controlling interest and the dividends should be shown in the Statement of Changes in Equity and not in the
Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income
retained earnings - these are calculated in exactly the same way as for the Statement of Financial Position but this time, its
only for the current year.
E xample 1
Mantas acquired 80% of the issued share capital of Rochas on 1 January, 2009.
Their respective Statements of Comprehensive Income for the year ended 31 December, 2009 are as follows:
Mantas
Rochas
$
$
Revenue
26,000
12,000
10,000
7,000
16,000
5,000
Dividend from subsidiary
2,000
Profit before tax
18,000
5,000
Income tax expense
6,000
1,500
Profit after tax
12,000
3,500
Dividends of $5,000 and $2,500 respectively have been proposed.
Prepare the Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income of Mantas Group for the year ended 31
December, 2009.
57
58 Chapter 10
Paper F7
Preparation of the Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive IncomeonDEam
xsine2cm
0at15iber
(Ignore goodwill)
Strictly speaking, the Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income should finish on the line Profit after tax, but continue
down through non-controlling interest and dividends
Inter-entity trading
issue
when considering the group as if it were a single entity, inter-entity trading represents transactions which the group undertakes
with itself. Clearly these have to be eliminated from the results. The value of inventory in the Consolidated Statement of Profit or
Loss and Other Comprehensive Income may need to be adjusted to make sure that it represents the cost to the group.
rules for inter-entity trading

cancel inter-entity transactions from the sales and cost of sales figures, $ for $, ON THE FACE OF THE QUESTION PAPER
then account for any unrealised profit in inventory. This is always done by ADDING the pup to the cost of sales figure in the
entity which has recognised the unrealised profit ie the selling entity.
Chapter 10
Paper F7 59
xsine2cm
0at15iber
E xample 2
Lina acquired 60% of the issued share capital of Sigimantas on 1 January 2009. The respective Statements of Comprehensive Income for
the year ended 31 December, 2009 were:
Lina
Sigimantas
$
$
Revenue
40,000
30,000
27,000
16,000
13,000
14,000
3,000
Profit before tax
16,000
14,000
Taxation
4,800
4,200
11,200
9,800
Profit after tax
During the year Lina sold $4,000 worth of goods at a mark up of 25% to Sigimantas. Sigimantas had none of these goods in inventory at
the year end.
Prepare a Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income for the Lina Group for the year ended 31
December, 2009.
E xample 3
Karolis acquired 55% of the issued share capital of Irina on 1 June 2008. The respective Statements of Comprehensive Income for the year
ended 31 May 2009 were:
Revenue
Profit before tax
Taxation
Profit after tax
Karolis
$
60,000
32,000
28,000
5,500
33,500
10,000
23,500
Irina
$
55,000
30,000
25,000
25,000
7,000
18,000

During the year Karolis sold $14,000 worth of goods to Irina at a gross margin of 40%. One third of these goods is in Irinas inventory at
the year end.
Prepare a Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income for the Karolis Group for the year
ended 31 May 2009.
60 Chapter 10
Paper F7
xsine2cm
0at15iber
E xample 4
Viktorija acquired 60% of the issued share capital of Natalija on 30 September 2008. The respective Statements of Comprehensive Income
for the year ended 30 September 2009 were:
Revenue
Profit before tax
Taxation
Profit after tax
Viktorija
$
90,000
32,000
58,000
12,000
70,000
20,000
50,000
Natalija
$
100,000
40,000
60,000
60,000
18,000
42,000

During the year, Natalija had sold goods to Viktorija with a transfer value of $30,000 realising a gross profit of 27%. Viktorija had sold two
thirds of these goods by the year end.
Prepare a Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income for the Viktorija Group for the year ended 30
September 2009.
Chapter 10
Paper F7 61
xsine2cm
0at15iber
Retained earnings brought forward

E xample 5
On 1 July 2001 Didzis acquired 75% of Ansis for $65,000. The balance on Ansis retained earnings was $18,000 at that date. Ansis had equity
share capital of 20,000 shares of $1 each. Goodwill had been impaired by 75%, and the Didzis directors now wish to impair it fully.
Details for both entities for the year ended 30 June 2009 were:
Revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Distribution costs
Profit before tax
Income tax expense
Profit after tax
Dividends
Retained profits for the year
Retained earnings carried forward
Didzis
$000
300
192
108
18
14
Ansis
$000
160
105
55
10
17
32
76
21
55
17
38
174
212
27
28
16
12
8
4
37
41
It is company policy to value the NCI as their proportionate share of the fair value of the net assets
Prepare the Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income of the Didzis Group for the year
ended 30 June 2009, and calculate the figure for retained earnings to be shown on the Statement of Financial Position.
62 Chapter 10
Paper F7
xsine2cm
0at15iber
Rule for mid-year acquisitions
where a parent buys a subsidiary part way through the year ie a mid-year acquisition, we are still aiming to produce financial
statements which reflect CONTROL.
clearly, the parent does not control the subsidiary results before acquisition, so we need to time apportion the subsidiary Statement
of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income and consolidate only the post-acquisition elements.
unless otherwise stated, assume that revenues and expenses accrue evenly throughout the 12 month period.
E xample 6
Lasma acquired 90% of the issued share capital of Goda on 31 January 2009. The Statements of Comprehensive Income for the two
entities for the year ended 31 August 2009 were:
Revenue
Profit before tax
Income tax expense
Profit after tax
Lasma
$000
15,600
8,400
7,200
2,000
5,200
Goda
$000
2,900
1,300
1,600
420
1,180
Dividends of $1,700 and $200 respectively have been proposed, retained earnings brought forward were $6,500 and $2,020 respectively.
Lasma has not accounted for dividends receivable from Goda which were proposed before the year end.
Prepare the Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income for the Lasma Group for the year
ended 31 August 2009
Paper F7
Chapter 11
ACCOUNTING FOR INVESTMENTS IN

ASSOCIATES (IFRS3 REVISED)
Definition of associate
per IAS 28 (revised) an associate is an entity in which the investor has significant influence and which is neither a subsidiary nor
a joint venture of the investor.
significant influence

significant influence is the power to participate in the financial and operating policy decisions of the investee but is not
control over those policies. Representation on the board of directors is indicative of such participation, but will neither
necessarily be conclusive evidence of it nor be the only method by which the investing entity may participate in policy
decisions.
for examination purposes the significant influence test will centre on the percentage shareholding of one entity in another.
IAS 28 (revised) provides that:

if an investor holds directly or indirectly 20% but 50% of the voting power it is presumed the investor has the ability to
exercise significant influence; therefore associate status will be presumed unless it can be demonstrated otherwise.
if an investor holds directly or indirectly < 20% of the voting power it is presumed the investor has no significant influence;
therefore no associate status, again unless demonstrated otherwise.
IAS 28 (revised) states significant influence can be shown by:

representation on the board of directors
participation in policy making processes
material transactions between the investor and investee
interchange of managerial personnel
provision of essential technical information
Accounting for associates in the investors individual books
the investment can be

carried at cost (recognising dividend income in the Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income)
accounted for as an asset held for sale as described in IFRS 5
an asset held for sale in this case represents an investment in shares in another entity held for short-term profit-making by
trading those shares. It should initially be recognised at cost and from then on at its fair value.
63
64 Chapter 11
Paper F7
Consolidated financial statements
an investment in an associate should be accounted for in consolidated financial statements using the equity method unless it can
be shown that the investment is held to be disposed of in the near future or there are severe long-term restrictions on the ability
to transfer funds to the investor in which case the cost method should be used.
Equity method: IFRS3 (revised) specifies the following treatment:
Statement of Financial Position

the investment should initially be recorded at cost as a non-current asset investment. The carrying amount is increased/
decreased as follows:
Initial cost
Add/less: share of post acquisition retained earnings
Less: amounts impaired since acquisition
Carrying value
X
X/(X)
(X)
X

the groups share of the associates results (profit after tax) should be included immediately before total profit before tax
(IAS 1).
the groups share of any associate prior period items should also be disclosed separately.
Note

an associate is not a group entity, therefore there is no cancellation of inter-entity transactions. However, IFRIC 3
(International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee) states that unrealised profits and losses on transactions
between investor and associate should be eliminated (unless the unrealised loss represents an impairment) in the same
way as for group accounts.
this elimination is best achieved by accounting for any unrealised profit ALWAYS in the associates Statement of Profit or
Loss and Other Comprehensive Income. It does not matter whether the goods were bought from, or sold to, the associate.
ALWAYS in the associates records.
uniform accounting policies should be used, or relevant adjustments must be made.
impairment losses should be accounted for in accordance with the principles of IAS 36
Chapter 11
Paper F7
E xample 1 S tatement of F inancial P osition

Laura has a number of wholly owned subsidiaries and 35% holding of the issued share capital of Gunta which she acquired many years
ago when retained earnings in Gunta were $3,000
At 31 December, 2009 the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position of Laura and its subsidiaries and the Statement of Financial
Position of Gunta were as follows:
Investment in Gunta
Other assets
$1 Equity shares
Retained earnings
Liabilities
Laura Group
$000
4
180
184
70
99
169
15
184
Gunta
$000
23
23
2
18
20
3
23
Prepare the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position of the Laura Group as at 31 December, 2009, incorporating Gunta under
the equity method of accounting.
65
66 Chapter 11
Paper F7
E xample 2 S tatement of P rofit or L oss and O ther C omprehensive I ncome

Maris has a number of wholly owned subsidiaries and 28% holding of the issued share capital of Girts. The shares were acquired years ago.
The Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income of Maris Group and the Statement of Profit or Loss and
Other Comprehensive Income of Girts for the year ended 31 December, 2009 were:
Revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Expenses
Finance income
Finance costs
Profit before tax
Income tax
Profit after tax
Maris
$
18,000
(9,500)
8,500
(2,900)
5,600
1,010
(700)
5,910
(2,000)
3,910
Girts
$
7,000
(2,000)
5,000
(1,400)
3,600
(300)
3,300
(1,000)
2,300
Dividends of $1,500 and $400 respectively have been proposed.

Maris has not accounted for the dividend from Girts which was proposed prior to the year end.
Prepare the Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income for the Maris Group incorporating
the results of Girts according to IFRS 3 (revised). (Ignore any goodwill).
Paper F7
Chapter 12
IAS 2 INVENTORIES
accruals concept requires revenues and associated costs to be matched
so cost of inventory in hand at the end of the year should be deducted in arriving at cost of sales for the year
inventory comprises:
raw material
production supplies
work in progress
finished goods
goods in saleable condition
valuation of closing inventory

at the lower of cost and net realisable value
cost includes all those costs incurred in bringing the inventory to its present location and condition including purchase cost,
conversion cost and other costs (see next)
in determining lower of cost and net realisable value each line of inventory should be considered separately
purchase cost comprises:

purchase price
import duties and other taxes
carriage inwards
but excludes trade discounts, rebates and similar deductions
67
68 Chapter 12
IAS 2 Inventories
Paper F7
conversion costs comprise:

costs directly related to units of production eg direct labour, direct expenses and sub-contract costs
systematic allocation of fixed and variable production overheads incurred in converting materials into finished goods
fixed production overheads are allocated on the basis of normal activity
in periods of abnormally high activity, fixed overhead allocation per unit should be reduced to avoid over valuation of
inventory
other costs are included to the extent they are incurred in bringing inventory to its present location and condition
determining cost may be achieved in a number of ways:

actual cost (of identifiable items eg used cars)
FIFO
weighted average cost (total cost of units purchased divided by total number of units purchased) the price is recalculated
each time more units are purchased
standard cost
retail method simply, sales value less an appropriate gross margin
replacement cost used where an active market exists. Not unusual in valuing commodities such as gold
LIFO however, no longer recognised as acceptable
benchmark is either FIFO or weighted average cost but, in the interests of truth and fairness, any method may be used.
NRV may be less than cost in a number of possible situations:
an increase in costs or a decrease in selling price
inventory is no longer in best physical condition
finished inventory is now technically obsolete or out of fashion
a strategic management decision to sell goods at less than cost
errors made in purchasing or production
disclosure

accounting policy used in measuring inventory including the cost formula
total carrying amount in inventory, appropriately classified
amount of inventory held at net realisable value
amount of any reversals of previous write-downs and circumstances which caused the reversal
carrying amount of any inventory promised as security for debt
Paper F7
Chapter 13
IAS 11 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS
prudence dictates no recognition of profit until actually realised
but this would lead to MAJOR distortion of profit figures
so IAS requires the spreading of profit over the life of a construction contract
construction contract is a contract specifically negotiated for the construction of an asset or a combination of assets that are
closely interrelated or interdependent in terms of their design, technology and function or their ultimate purpose or use eg building
a bridge, building, dam, ship.
a construction contract need not be one which takes more than 12 months, but is one which affects more than one accounting
period.
two types fixed price contract and cost plus contract
one contract, multiple units? Treat as separate contracts if:
separate proposals have been submitted for each unit
costs and revenues can be separately allocated
an example: one contract, four power stations
group of contracts, but treated as one single contract?

group of contracts negotiated as a single package
contracts so closely interrelated that they appear to be one
contracts are performed at the same time
an example: fifty contracts to build fifty houses (one in each contract)
69
70 Chapter 13
Paper F7
contract revenue comprises:

initial amount of revenue agreed in the contract
agreed variations in contract work, claims and incentives
but only to the extent that revenue will probably result, and
these revenues are capable of reliable measurement
E xample 1
Tomas has been asked by Iveta to build an apartment block in Kaunas. The project will take 4 years. Iveta has agreed to pay the following:
(1)
(2)
(3)
$ 1 million for the apartment block

$300,000 extra if the block is at least 60% complete by the end of year 2
a bonus of $100,000 if Iveta is pleased with the finished block
(a)
At the end of year 1, how much of the total contract revenue should be recognised?
(b)
At the end of year 2, what options would you have?
Chapter 13
Paper F7
contract costs comprise:

costs directly related to the contract
costs attributable generally to contract activity and which can be allocated to the contract
such other costs specifically chargeable to the customer under the terms of the contract
recognition of revenues and costs according to stage reached
in the exam, the examiner will either tell you a percentage stage reached or will give you a basis for its calculation
it may be, for example, costs to date as a percentage of total costs in the contract, or
...valuation of work certified as a percentage of the contract price
accounting treatment
recognise as revenue the appropriate percentage of the contract value
recognise as expense the same percentage of total costs of the contract unless
an overall loss is forecast, in which case recognise the forecast loss in full.
NB no profit is recognised until the contract is sufficiently advanced to be able to predict with reasonable certainty the ultimate
outcome
71
72 Chapter 13
Paper F7
Three workings required
W1 Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income

Revenue recognised, say 60% x contract price
Costs recognised
100% x period specific
60% x other general costs
Profit recognised
(X)
(X)
X
W2 Statement of financial position

Costs to date
Attributable profits (W1)
Less amount invoiced
Amounts due from customers
X
X
X
(X)
X
W3 Statement of financial position

Amounts invoiced
Less amounts received
X
(X)
X
E xample 2
Total contract price

Costs incurred to date
Estimated costs to complete
Percentage complete
Amounts invoiced
Amounts received
$
1,000,000
400,000
350,000
55%
500,000
470,000
Prepare relevant extracts from the Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income and Statement of Financial
Position.
Chapter 13
Paper F7
Progress billings in excess of gross amounts due from customers
if the amount received or receivable on a contract is in excess of the gross amounts due from customers (contract costs incurred
and recognised profit) then the excess should be shown in payables and separately disclosed as amounts due to customers.
this is a presentation point only.
E xample 3

Costs incurred to date, including 200,000 relating to this year
Estimated costs to complete
Amounts invoiced
Amounts received
Percentage complete
$
1,200,000
750,000
300,000
790,000
700,000
60%
Position.
73
74 Chapter 13
Paper F7
Expected losses
losses should be accounted for in full as soon as they are foreseen.
these are losses currently estimated to arise over the duration of the contract. This estimate is required irrespective of:

whether or not work has yet commenced on the contract
the stage of completion of contract activity
the amount of profits expected to arise on other contracts.
E xample 4

Estimated costs to completion
Amounts invoiced
Amounts received
Percentage complete
$
500,000
300,000
250,000
270,000
240,000
65%
Position.
an exam question may give you data for more than one year for a particular contract. In this case, the Statement of Financial
Position workings still apply for each year.
but the Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income revenue and cost recognition is cumulative, so only the
difference from one year to the next is recognised.
Chapter 13
Paper F7
E xample 5
Contract value
Costs to date, general
Specific to date
Estimated to complete
Amounts invoiced
Amounts received
Percentage complete
Year 1
$
1,000,000
300,000
40,000
500,000
390,000
400,000
30%
Year 2
$
1,000,000
500,000
40,000
600,000
610,000
630,000
65%
Year 3
$
1,200,000
800,000
190,000
1,150,000
1,100,000
100%
The additional $200,000 contract value arose in year 3 from an agreed variation with the customer as a result of customers delays involving
additional costs for the constructor of $150,000, none of which was foreseen at the end of year 2.
Prepare relevant extracts from the Statements of Comprehensive Income and Statements of Financial Position for each of
the 3 years.
75
76 Chapter 13
Paper F7
Paper F7
Chapter 14
IAS 36 IMPAIRMENT OF ASSETS
entities should assess at the year end whether there is any indication that any of their assets is impaired
indicators may be external or internal
external indicators may include:
significant decline in market value
adverse changes in the environment in which the entity operates whether technological, market, economic or legal
increase in market interest rates or market rates of return
carrying amount of net assets exceeds market capitalisation
internal indicators may include

theft
obsolescence or physical damage
evidence that asset performance is worse than expected
managements plans to restructure or dispose of the asset earlier than originally planned
assets should be measured at the lower of carrying amount and recoverable amount
lower of
carrying
amount
recoverable amount = higher of
Net Selling
Price (NSP)
amount obtainable from the sale
of an asset in an arms length
transaction less costs of disposal
Value in Use
(VIU)
PV of estimated future cash
flows expected to arise from the
continuing use of an asset and its
disposal at the end of its useful life.
if recoverable amount for an individual asset is not measurable, then entity should determine the recoverable amount of the cash
generating unit to which it belongs
77
78 Chapter 14
Paper F7
Cash-Generating Units (CGUs)

a cash-generating unit is the smallest identifiable group of assets that generates cash inflows from continuing use that are
largely independent of the cash inflows of other assets or groups of assets.
goodwill and corporate assets (such as head office assets) that relate to, and can be allocated on a reasonable and consistent
basis to, the CGU should be considered when determining carrying amount and recoverable amount.
Calculation of value in use
cash inflows and outflows should be estimated for assets or CGUs from continuing use of the asset in their current condition
including:

directly attributable cash flows;
an appropriate proportion of cash flows that can be allocated on a reasonable and consistent basis to the asset or CGU; and
any net cash flows to be received or paid for the disposal of the asset at the end of its useful life on a fair value basis.
they should not include estimated cash inflows or outflows from:

a future restructuring to which the entity is not yet committed; nor
future capital expenditure that will improve the asset or CGU in excess of its originally assessed standard of performance; nor
financing activities; nor
income tax receipts or payments.
Discount rate for value in use calculation
the discount rate should be a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific
to the asset.
Impairment losses treatment
first, individually impaired assets
then goodwill in the cgu
then the excess allocated on a proportional basis against the other cgu assets but
no asset should be impaired to an amount less than its recoverable amount
Chapter 14
Paper F7
Accounting treatment of impaired losses:
if asset held at a revalued amount, then reduce revaluation account

if asset held at depreciated historic cost, then reduce value through the Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive
Income
after the recognition of an impairment, depreciation or amortisation should be based on the impaired value over the remaining
estimated useful life
unusually, an impairment may be reversed
accounting treatment is the reverse of the treatment applied on the impairment
but dont unimpair to a value greater than the asset would have been valued if it had not been impaired in the first place
where there is a cgu impairment reversal, the question arises as to whether goodwill impairment should be reversed
only in VERY EXCEPTIONAL circumstances should goodwill be reversed
disclosure
amount of impairment losses recognised in the Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income and the assets
affected
similarly the amount of impairment reversals
amount of impairment losses (reversals) taken directly to equity
for material impairment losses (and reversals)

events and circumstances
amount
asset involved, or cgu
for initial losses, whether recoverable amount is viu or nsp, together with details of discount rate or selling price as appropriate
79
80 Chapter 14
Paper F7
Paper F7
Chapter 15
IAS 37 PROVISIONS, CONTINGENT

LIABILITIES AND CONTINGENT ASSETS
a provision is a liability that is of uncertain timing or amount
objective of IAS 37 is to set out principles of accounting for provisions and contingencies
also to ensure appropriate recognition criteria and measurement bases are applied
and that sufficient information is disclosed in the notes to enable users to understand their nature, timing and amount
recognition of a provision:
when an entity has a present obligation
legal or constructive
as a result of some past event
involving the probable outflow of economic resource to settle the obligation
capable of reliable measurement
provisions should be reviewed each year and adjusted to reflect best estimate
IAS 37 Obligating events and onerous contracts
an obligating event is a past event which has led to a present obligation

to be classed as an obligating event it is necessary that the entity has no realistic alternative to settling the obligation created by
the event
legal obligations arise from contract, from legislation or from other operation of law
constructive obligations arise when the entity has established a pattern of best practice, or published policies, or has indicated by
specific statement that it will accept certain responsibilities and
has therefore created a valid expectation in the minds of those affected
provisions for future operating losses should not be recognised (they dont meet the definition of a liability)
onerous contracts? One which the entity would prefer not to be involved with because, whatever they do, there will be an outflow
of economic resource
provision should be made for that outflow to the extent of the least amount which could be lost
81
82 Chapter 15
Paper F7
E xample 1
Daiva has a contract to buy 900 metres of cloth each month for $7 per metre. From each 3 metres of cloth she can make a dress which she
can sell for $30. She also incurs labour costs of $4 per dress. Alternatively she can sell the cloth immediately for $6.25 per metre.
If she decides to cancel the cloth purchase contract without notice she must pay a cancellation penalty of $700, for each of the next two
months.
In December 2009 the market price of dresses fell to $22.
She is considering ceasing production since she believes that the market will not improve.
There is 2 months notice stated in the contract in case of breach of a contract.
(a)
Is there a present obligation?
(b)
What will appear in respect of the contract in Daivas financial statements for the year ending 31 December, 2009.
IAS 37 Restructuring issues
restructuring costs should be provided for only when the entity has an obligation (legal or constructive)
such obligation arises only when the entity has:

a detailed formal plan for restructuring and

... has raised the valid expectation in the minds of those affected that it will go ahead with the plan
Chapter 15
this may be by commencing action under the plan or
...by announcing the main features to those affected by it
Paper F7
E xample 2
On 18 August 2009 the directors of Paulius decided to close the Kaunas Factory
(a)
ssuming that no steps were taken to implement the decision and the decision was not communicated to any of
A
those affected by the Statement of Financial Position date of 31 August, 2009 what is the appropriate accounting
treatment?
(b)
hat would be the appropriate accounting treatment for the closure if a detailed plan had been agreed by the board
W
on 26 August 2009, and letters sent to notify suppliers? The workforce in Kaunas has been sent redundancy notices.
Provisions
provision for restructuring costs should include only expenditure directly arising from the restructuring and which are:

necessarily incurred by the restructuring and
not associated with the ongoing activities of the entity
Disclosure for provisions
brief description of the obligation
expected timing of economic outflow
indication of uncertainties re amount or timing of outflow
amount of any expected reimbursement
83
84 Chapter 15
Paper F7
Contingent liabilities are either:
possible obligations arising from some past event, the existence of which will be confirmed only on the occurrence or nonoccurrence of some substantially uncertain future event not wholly within the control of the entity, or
...a present obligation which is not recognised because either:

the amount involved cannot be reliably measured, or
...it is not probable that there will be an outflow of economic resource to settle the obligation
Contingent liability disclosure:
nature of the contingent liability
estimate of its financial effect
indications of uncertainties re amount or timing of outflow
possibility of any reimbursement
E xample 3
Justina supplies fish to a local restaurant. In August 2009 she supplied the restaurant with some shell-fish, and now she has heard that
some of the restaurants customers have suffered attacks of food-poisoning. The restaurant has claimed that this is because of Justinas
shell-fish, and has commenced a legal action against her.
Algirdas, a local solicitor who specialises in food-poisoning cases, has advised Justina that she has a 42% chance of losing the case, and
that, if she does lose, she will probably have to pay $300,000 to settle the liability.
What is the nature of Justinas liability, if any, and how should it be treated in her financial statements for the year ended 31
August, 2009?
Chapter 15
Paper F7
Contingent assets
Contingent assets are possible assets arising from past events whose existence will only be confirmed by the occurrence or nonoccurrence of some substantially uncertain future event not wholly within the control of the entity
entities should not recognise contingent assets it could result in the recognition of profits which may never be realised
however, if realisation of profit is virtually certain, then the asset is no longer contingent and should be recognised
Contingent asset disclosure:
nature of the asset
estimate of financial effect, if practicable
IAS 37 additional issues
entity may be jointly and severally liable for an obligation
if so, provide/recognise the extent of the entitys own liability
and disclose the contingent liability which the entity may face where others should pay but possibly do not
aggregation into a class of provisions or contingencies?
where items are sufficiently similar, for example warranties, then OK
but not appropriate to aggregate, for example, warranties with a provision in respect of a legal action
continual review should be carried out contingencies will change over time to determine continuing appropriateness of
where probability changes during an accounting period the adjustment necessary will be reflected in the financial statements for
the period in which it changed
reimbursement may be sought from another party. If so

...recognise a provision for the full amount and
disclose the potential reimbursement by way of note
Summary in table form

Probability of outcome
Assets
Liabilities
Virtually certain
Recognise
Recognise as a provision *
Probable
Disclose as a contingent asset
Recognise as a provision *
Possible
Ignore
Disclose as a contingent liability
Remote
Ignore
Ignore
* if the probable liability is not capable of reliable measurement, or will probably not involve the outflow of economic resource,
then treat it as a disclosable contingent liability.
85
86 Chapter 15
Paper F7
E xample 4
Ginta, an Australian mining business, was fined $130,000 by the Lithuanian government for polluting the River Nerys. The Seimas is about
to pass new legislation which will require Australian miners to clear up their mining sites, and to change their mining processes in order
to avoid a repetition of the river pollution incident.
Advise Ginta of the correct accounting treatment in her financial statements for the year ended 31 December, 2009 of
(a)
the $130,000 fine
(b)
the costs of clearing up her mining sites
(c)
the costs of changing her mining processes
Paper F7
Chapter 16
IAS 17 LEASES
the classic example of the issue substance over form
definitions

a finance lease is a lease that transfers substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of an asset (to the lessee). Title may
or may not be eventually transferred.
the lease term is the non-cancellable period for which the lessee has contracted to lease the asset together with any further
terms for which the lessee has the option to continue to lease the asset, with or without further payment, which option at
the inception of the lease it is reasonably certain that the lessee will exercise.
the minimum lease payments are the payments over the lease term that the lessee is, or can be, required to make excluding
contingent rent, costs for services and taxes to be paid by and reimbursed to the lessor, together with any amounts
guaranteed by the lessee or related party.
fair value is the amount for which an asset could be exchanged or a liability settled between knowledgeable, willing parties
in an arms length transaction.
interest rate implicit in the lease - the discount rate that, at the inception of a lease, causes the aggregate present value of the
minimum lease payments and the unguaranteed residual value to be equal to the fair value of the leased asset.
IAS 17 accounting treatment for finance leases
on signing a finance lease

Dr TNCA
Cr
Obligations account
with the lower of fair value and the present value of the minimum lease payments
note
the only obligation recognised is the capital element of the lease. The interest element is not yet an obligation
as instalments are paid, each instalment will repay some of the obligation but also includes an element of finance lease interest
the interest element will be charged in the Statement of Income and Other Comprehensive Income each year within finance costs
problem!
how to calculate the interest relating to each individual accounting period affected by the lease?
three possible ways (at least!!)

straight line / level spread method ugh
sum of the digits method ok
actuarial method ideal
the actuarial method uses the interest rate implicit in the lease to calculate the finance charge for each period based on the
amount of obligation outstanding
87
88 Chapter 16
IAS 17 Leases
in the exam, the examiner will (hopefully!) give you the implicit interest rate
recording the finance charge

Dr
Paper F7
Finance cost (as calculated) (Statement of Income and Other Comprehensive Income)
Cr
Accruals
X
X
paying the instalments

Dr
Dr
Obligations under finance lease account (capital element)

Accruals (finance charge element)
Cr
Cash
X
X
X
Note: the instalment covers both capital and the finance charge.
depreciating the asset

depreciation must be provided on the asset. If there is no reasonable certainty that the lessee will obtain ownership by the end of
the lease term, the asset should be fully depreciated over the shorter of the:
(a) lease term
(b) useful life of the asset.
Dr
Depreciation (Statement of Income and Other Comprehensive Income)
X
Cr
Accumulated depreciation (Statement of Financial Position)
X
if there is reasonable certainty that the lessee will obtain ownership by the end of the lease term (eg a hire purchase contract) then
the asset should be depreciated over its estimated useful life.
Disclosures

non-current assets
-included in the net book value of property, plant and equipment is $y in respect of assets held under finance leases.
the balance remaining at the year end needs to be split between current liabilities and non-current liabilities
non-current liabilities
Obligations under finance leases
current liabilities

Accruals - interest accrued to SoFP date, not yet paid
obligations under finance leases: reconciliation of minimum lease payments and present value
Within one year

Later than one year and not later than five years
Later than five years
Less finance lease interest, not yet accrued
Present value of obligations under finance leases
X
X
$
X
X
X
(X)
X
(gross)
(gross)
(gross)
$
Within one year
X (net)
Later than one year and not later than five years
X (net)
X (net)
Present value of obligations under finance leases
X
Note: the minimum lease payments include the finance lease interest element. The present value is the capital element only
of the lease liability.
Chapter 16
IAS 17 Leases
Paper F7

Although not specifically required by IAS 17 (revised) entities tend also to disclose the following in the notes to the financial
statements:
$
Finance cost
Finance lease interest
Depreciation on assets held under finance leases
X
X
E xample 1
Sergijus acquires an asset on 1 January, 2009 which has a fair value of $17,500 on a lease the terms of which are that he pays a deposit of
$460 followed by seven annual instalments of $3,500 payable in arrears.
Calculate the interest charge for each of the first 3 years using the actuarial method. The interest rate implicit in the lease is
10%.
89
90 Chapter 16
IAS 17 Leases
Paper F7
E xample 2
Giedrius acquires an asset on 1 January, 2009 under a finance lease under the following terms:
Fair value:
Instalments:
Estimated useful life:
Dates of payment:
16,000
14 @ 1,500
9 years
30 June and 31 December each year
Giedrius is required to pay a deposit of 1,152 on 1 January, 2009.

On the same day Giedruola bought a similar asset under a finance lease with the same terms, except that her dates of payment were 1
January and 1 July each year.
Giedruola is required to pay a deposit of 1,910. This amount includes the sum of 1,500 due on 1 January, 2009.
Prepare relevant extracts from the financial statements for Giedrius and Giedruola for the year ended 31 December, 2009
assuming a rate of interest 10%.
Chapter 16
IAS 17 Leases
Paper F7
Operating leases
operating lease is any lease other than a finance lease.

rentals should be recognised as an expense in the Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income on a
straight-line basis over the lease term unless some other systematic basis is representative of the time pattern of the users
benefit
disclosure

the future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:
Within one year

Later than one year and not later than 5 years
$
X
X
X
X
Note:
the above disclosure is made to provide information about future liabilities. It does not analyse any figure included in the financial
statements.
where land and buildings are leased, the land element will be an operating lease, and the buildings element may be either an
operating or a finance lease.
91
92 Chapter 16
IAS 17 Leases
Paper F7
IFRIC 4 another recent look at leases
draftsmen continue to try to find ways of creating arrangements which lie outside the normal leasing type contracts.
nevertheless, these arrangements could realistically be seen as finance leases
examples in IFRIC 4 include

outsourcing arrangements
telecommunication contracts that provide rights to capacity
take-or-pay and similar contracts, in which purchasers must make specified payments regardless of whether they take
delivery of the contracted products or services.
IFRIC 4 specifies that such an arrangement is, or contains, a lease that should be accounted for in accordance with IAS 17 Leases if it meets
the following criteria:
fulfilment of the arrangement depends upon a specific asset ( specified or not-specified ). An asset may be unspecified in the
situation where only one particular asset is capable of doing the job. Therefore, there is no need to specify that it is an ( eg ) ZX492D
the arrangement transfers a right to control the use of the asset.
this will be so if any of the following conditions is met:

the purchaser in the arrangement has the ability or right to operate the asset or direct others to operate the asset and at
the same time can enjoy a significant amount of the output of the asset
the purchaser has the ability or right to control physical access to the asset and at the same time can enjoy a significant
amount of the output of the asset
there is only a remote possibility that parties other than the purchaser will take a significant amount of the output of the
asset and the price that the purchaser will pay is neither fixed based on levels of output nor equal to the current market
price at the time of delivery.
Chapter 16
IAS 17 Leases
Paper F7
Summary of an article from September 2012 Student Accountant examining problems with
classification of leases
leases, we know, are classed as finance leases or as operating leases
and if its not a finance lease then, by default, it must be operating
situations which would indicate that a lease is probably a finance lease include:

where ownership of the asset is transferred to the lessee at the end of the lease agreement
where the lease term is for substantially the whole of the assets useful life, even though ownership is not to be transferred
at the end of the lease term
where the present value of the minimum lease payments amounts to substantially the whole of the fair value of the asset
where the leased asset is of such a specialised nature that only the lessee is able to use the asset without further extensive
modifications
where the lessee is entitled to cancel the lease but, in doing so, the lessee will bear any loss sustained by the lessor
where any gain or loss arising from fluctuations in the residual fair value are to be borne by the lessee
where the lessee has the ability to continue to lease the asset for a secondary period at a rent which is substantially lower
than the market rent
all or any of these situations COULD indicate that the arrangement is a finance lease
unusual situations

variation in lease terms

---
classification is made at the start of the lease but its possible that the lessor and the lessee agree to vary the terms
but a mere change in an estimate ( for example, a change in the estimated residual value of property ) will not
necessarily give rise to a change in classification
-if these changes had been in place at the start of the lease and would have given rise to a different classification, then
the revised lease is treated as a new lease over the remaining lease term
-but no retrospective adjustments are made
specialised assets
----------
normally structured as finance leases

the fact that its specialised suggests that no other entity has a use for the asset
the lessor, realising this, must structure the lease in such a way that the return on the investment is achieved through
the lease payments
if, however, the lessor is able to sell or re-lease a specialised asset after the lease term, and is willing to take that risk,
that would suggest that the original lease is an operating lease
a non-specialised asset may become specialised for example, the lessor may decide that it would be too expensive
or impractical to disassemble the asset from its location at the end of the lease term
it may be that the lease term is not for substantially the whole of the assets useful life so it could appear that this is
an operating lease
but in the situation of a specialised asset which is too expensive to remove from its location, or
its an asset which is so specialised that only the lessee has any use for it, then
even though it looks like an operating lease, it should be treated as a finance lease
93
94 Chapter 16
IAS 17 Leases

Paper F7
multipally leased asset

--
where an asset has been the subject of multiple leases in its lifetime, and is now being leased for the remainder of its
life, does this mean that the asset should be classed as a finance lease it now satisfies the criterion for the whole
or substantially the whole of its useful life?
-throughout its life, through all its previous leases, this asset has been classed as an operating leased asset
-it would not now be considered acceptable for it to be classed as a finance leased asset just because its reached the
end of its useful life
low or nominal rents
---
the reason why low rents are being charged is important

it could be that a substantial premium has been paid at the start of the lease which may equate to substantially the
whole of the assets fair value
-in that case, its probably classed as a finance lease
-but if no premium has been paid, it seems that the agreement lacks a commercial basis and that the lessor is
indifferent to the passing of the risks and rewards of ownership
-classification in this situation would need to be made following consideration of the lessors reasoning behind such
a non-commercial arrangement
option to extend the lease term
--
an option to extend into a secondary term at a nominal rental is probably an indicator that the lessor is expecting
to achieve the return on the investment during the initial lease term
-the existence of such an option is therefore an indicator that the lease is a finance lease
-an option to extend at market rates, on the other hand, is an indicator that an adequate return is not going to be
achieved during the initial lease term
-such an option would therefore indicate an operating lease
-the absence of any option period indicates neither one classification nor the other
residual value considerations
--
if the lease is constructed such that the lessee bears the risk of any fluctuations in residual value of the leased asset,
this indicates that the lessors return is fixed
-and that, in turn, suggests that the lease is a finance lease
-but if the risk of residual value fluctuation lies with the lessor, that would indicate an operating lease
sub-leases
--
where a lessee leases an asset and arranges sub-leases for example, a building with office spaces available for
rent the question arises whether to treat the arrangements as a net transaction or treat them as two separate
arrangements
-in this situation, if the main tenant is required to pay rentals whether or not there is a sub-tenant, then the two
arrangements should be considered separately
contingent rents
---
these arise on the occurrence or non-occurrence of some uncertain future event

for example, part of the rental amount to be paid fluctuates dependent upon the level of sales or of production
achieved by the lessee
-because these payments are not dependent upon the passage of time, the time value of money is ignored
-contingent rents are not included in the calculation of minimum lease payments and are accounted for as income /
expense in the period in which they are earned / incurred
clean break clause
--
----
where a lease contains a clean break clause which allows the lessee to walk away from the lease after a certain
period of time without penalty, then the lease term will be calculated from the start of the lease up to the earliest
date the lessee can walk away
this would probably be an operating lease
but if the clause requires the lessee to compensate the lessor such that the lessors investment in the lease is assured,
then the termination clause will be ignored for the purposes of calculating the lease term
and this would be a finance lease
Paper F7
Chapter 17
IAS 23 BORROWING COSTS
qualifying loan is a loan borrowed to finance the construction, acquisition or production of a qualifying asset
qualifying asset is an asset that necessarily takes a substantial period of time to be ready for its intended use or sale
borrowing costs relating directly to qualifying loans must be capitalised as part of the cost of the qualifying asset
where funds are borrowed specifically for the qualifying asset, should capitalise borrowing costs less any investment income
earned from the temporary investment of surplus funds
where funds are borrowed generally, should capitalise an appropriate proportion of borrowing costs, calculated on a weighted
average basis
where the carrying value of the qualifying asset exceeds its recoverable amount, should be impaired
commencement of capitalisation:

expenditure on qualifying asset has begun, and
borrowing costs are being incurred, and
activities are in progress to prepare the asset for its intended use or sale
borrowing costs should not be capitalised when incurred during extended periods of inactivity
capitalisation should cease when substantially all activities necessary to prepare the asset are complete
95
96 Chapter 17
IAS 23 Borrowing Costs
Paper F7
disclosure

accounting policy
amount of borrowing costs capitalised during the period
capitalisation rate used to determine the amount of borrowing costs eligible for capitalisation
E xample 1
Edigijus has arranged a loan with Swedbank to enable him to build a new football stadium in Vilnius. He will be allowed to borrow up
to $300,000,000 to be used in such amounts and at such times as he requires the funds. The bank charges interest at the rate of 7% per
annum, and Edigijus is able to invest any surplus funds at the rate of 5% per annum.
He borrowed $100,000,000 on 1 January 2008, and immediately invested $50,000,000. On 28 February he withdrew $30,000,000. On 1
April he borrowed a further $120,000,000 of which he invested $70,000,000. On 31 May, he spent $60,000,000. On 31 August he borrowed
a further $80,000,000 and spent $20,000,000 immediately. On 1 November work was stopped because of a strike by the workforce. The
work recommenced on 1 January, 2009, and Edigijus spent the rest of the loan in completing the project, which was ready for final
inspection by 28 February. The local authority finally gave their approval of the stadium on 1 April, and paid Edigijus the full contract price
of $350,000,000.
Calculate the carrying amount in Edigijus financial statements immediately before the sale transaction.
Paper F7
Chapter 18
IAS 12 INCOME TAXES
current tax should normally be recognised in the Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income except when
...it relates to a gain or loss which has been recognised initially in equity
dividend income (and interest and other similar income) should be grossed up for withholding tax and
...the tax charge for the year should be correspondingly increased
income and expenses included in arriving at profit before tax are included on an accruals basis
current tax should be calculated using tax rates and laws which have been enacted (or substantially enacted) by the date of the
statement of financial position
tax charge in the Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income often bears little relationship to the profit before
tax figure in the Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income
profit before tax figure is adjusted to bring it into line with tax rules (as distinct from accounting rules)
the differences between these two sets of rules may be permanent differences or temporary differences
IAS 12 differences in greater detail and deferred tax
permanent differences arise where certain items included within the Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income
are either not taxable or not allowable for tax
an example entertaining expenditure
temporary differences arise where there are differences between the carrying value of assets or liabilities in the statement of
financial position compared with their value for tax purposes (their tax base or tax written-down value)
deferred tax is the tax attributable to these temporary differences
temporary differences may be taxable or deductible
taxable temporary differences give rise to a deferred tax liability payable in the future
deductible temporary differences give rise to a deferred tax asset in the future.
97
98 Chapter 18
IAS 12 Income Taxes
Paper F7
IAS 12 Temporary differences
taxable temporary differences can be short-term differences or long-term differences, for example arising on the revaluation of
assets
timing differences arise where financial statements items are taxable, but are recognised for tax reasons in periods other than the
financial statements period
for example, interest received is included in financial statements on an accruals basis but
for tax purposes it is recognised on a cash / receipts basis
the temporary difference is the difference between interest recognised in the Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive
Income and interest actually received
E xample 1 -
royalty income
Jurgitas profit from operations before royalty income is $700,000 per annum. In 2009 she was entitled to a one off royalty receipt of
$60,000, which she eventually received in 2010.
Income tax is 25%
Extracts from Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income
2009
2010
$000
$000
700
700
Royalty receivable
60
760
700
Income tax @ 25% on taxable profits
(175)
(190)
585
510
Profit after tax
Taxable profits
Royalty received
Income tax @ 25%
$000
700
700
175
$000
700
60
760
190
Show how the entity provides for deferred tax on the temporary timing difference.
Chapter 18
IAS 12 Income Taxes
Paper F7
IAS 12 Temporary differences continued
a temporary difference also arises where the capital allowances rate (or tax depreciation rate) differs from the accounting
deprecation rate applied to the same asset
E xample 2
Andris buys an asset on 1 January, 2009 for $600,000.
It has a useful life of three years and is scrapped at the end of its life.
Profits before depreciation
2009
$000
1,800
2010
$000
2,300
2011
$000
2,500
A first year tax allowance of 100% is available on this asset.

The tax rate for Andris is 25%
Show how Andris should provide for deferred tax on the temporary timing difference.
another time that temporary difference arises is following a revaluation of asset
the difference is the difference between the assets revalued amount and its tax written-down value
because the revaluation increase is credited direct to equity, the associated deferred tax should also be charged to equity, and
therefore is not included as part of the tax charge for the year in the Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income
E xample 3
Aija purchased a property on 1 January 1998 for $450,000. On 31 December, 2009 the property has a net book value of $342,000 and was
revalued to $600,000. The tax written down value was $450,000.
Income tax rate is 25%
Calculate the figure for the Revaluation Reserve as at 31 December, 2009.
99
100 Chapter 18

IAS 12 Income Taxes
Paper F7
IAS 12 deductible temporary differences
less common than taxable temporary differences
give rise to a deferred tax asset on the statement of financial position
E xample 4
Ilze has a profit from operations of $660,000 per annum (before warranty provision). In 2009 she recognises a liability of $160,000 for
accrued product warranty costs. For tax purposes the warranties will not be deductible until the entity pays them. $160,000 of claims are
paid in 2010
Income tax is 25%
Extracts from Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income

Warranties
Income tax @ 25% on taxable profits
Profit after tax
2009
$000
660
(160)
500
165
335
2010
$000
660
660
125
535
660
660
165
660
(160)
500
125
Taxable profits
Warranty payments made
Income tax @ 25%
The entity wishes to provide for deferred tax on the temporary difference.
Chapter 18
IAS 12 Income Taxes
Paper F7
IAS 12 requires the use of the full provision method whereby temporary differences are provided for in full
based on the principle that the financial statements for a period should recognise the tax effects of all transactions occurring in
that period
deferred tax assets and liabilities should be calculated using tax rates which are expected to apply in the period when the asset is
realised or the liability is settled
Reasons for recognising deferred tax and related disclosure requirements
reasons for recognising deferred tax:

accruals concept requires it
deferred tax will become a liability eventually
if not recognised, overstatement of profit could lead to:

----
over-optimistic dividend payments

distorted earnings per share figure (and P/E ratio) will mislead stake-holders
share-holders will be under-informed
disclosure

masses of disclosure requirements include:

------
current tax expense

adjustments recognised this year to the tax charges from previous periods
tax relating to items charged direct to equity
details of deferred tax asset / liability broken down by type of temporary difference
reconciliation between accounting profit and taxable profit
101
102 Chapter 18

Paper F7
Paper F7
Chapter 19
IAS 7 (REVISED): STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Purpose
the purpose is to show the effect of an entitys commercial transactions on its cash balance.
it is thought that users of financial statements can readily understand cash flows, as opposed to Statements of Comprehensive
Income and Statements of Financial Position which are capable of manipulation by the use of different accounting policies and
creative accounting.
cash flows are used in investment appraisal methods such as net present value and therefore a Statement of Cash Flows gives
potential investors a better chance to consider the performance of a business.
IAS 7 (revised) Statements of Cash Flows separates cash flows into the following headings:

Cash flow from operating activities
Cash flow from investing activities
Cash flow from financing activities
cash comprises cash in hand and demand deposits

cash equivalents are short-term, highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are
subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.
ready conversion is normally taken to mean convertible into cash within 3 months after the Statement of Financial Position date.
103
104 Chapter 19

Paper F7
An Entity
Statement of Cash Flows (INDIRECT METHOD) for the year ended 31 December, 2009
$ 000
Cash flows from operating activities
Net profit before taxation
Adjustments for:
Depreciation, amortisation, impairment
Investment income
(Profit) / loss on asset disposal
Interest expense
Operating profit before working capital changes
Decrease in inventories
Increase in trade and other receivables
Decrease in trade payables
Cash generated from operations
Increase in provisions
Interest paid
Income taxes paid
Dividends paid*
8,900
1,200
(700)
()
900
10,300
2,700
(800)
(2,300)
9,900
(1,000)
(3,400)
(3,000)
Net cash flow from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
Investment income received
Dividends received
2,500
(1,700)
300
400
600
Net cash flow from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from issue of share capital
Proceeds from long-term borrowings
Payment of finance lease liabilities
Net cash from financing activities
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year (Note)
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year (Note)
$ 000
(400)
3,600
2,800
(2,900)
3,500
5,600
(1,700)
3,900
* This may alternatively be shown as a cash flow from financing activities.
Chapter 19

Paper F7
Note 1: Property, plant and equipment

During the year, the entity acquired property, plant and equipment with an aggregate cost of $2,600,000 of which
$900,000 was acquired under finance leases. Cash payments of $1,700,000 were made to purchase property, plant
and equipment.
Note 2: Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash in hand and balances with banks, and investments in the money market.
Cash and cash equivalents included in the Statement of Cash Flows comprise the following Statement of Financial
Position amounts:
2009
2008
$m
$m
400
(1,800)
Short-term investments
3,500
100
3,900
(1,700)
The entity has further borrowing facilities of $2,000 of which only $700 may be used for future expansion.
operating activities

cash flows from operating activities are primarily derived from the principal revenue-producing activities of the entity.
Therefore they generally result from the transactions or other events that enter into the determination of net profit or loss.
the amount of cash flows arising from operating activities is a key indicator of the extent to which the operations of the
entity have generated sufficient cash flows to repay loans, maintain the operating capacity of the entity, pay dividends and
make new investments without relying on external sources of finance.
investing activities

the cash flows included in this section are those related to the acquisition or disposal of any non-current assets, or trade
investments. This section shows the extent of new investment in assets which will hopefully generate future profit and cash
flows.
E xample 1
On 31 December, 2008 the carrying value of property, plant and equipment in the records of Danguole was:
$
Property, plant and equipment at cost or valuation
960,000
Accumulated depreciation
390,000
Property, plant and equipment at net book value
570,000
On 1 January, 2009 an item of plant was sold for $47,000 which had originally cost $110,000 when new, and had a net book value of
$40,000 at the time of sale.
During 2009, property with a carrying value of $100,000 was revalued to $350,000.
On 31 December, 2009 the value of property, plant and equipment in the Statement of Financial Position was:
$
Property, plant and equipment at cost
1,320,000
Accumulated depreciation
520,000
Property, plant and equipment at net book value
800,000
Show the relevant entries for property, plant and equipment which would appear in the Statement of Cash Flows for the
year ended 31 December, 2009 for Danguole.
105
106 Chapter 19

Paper F7
financing activities

cash flows in this section relate to the way the entity has increased or decreased its capital base by way of share issues or
borrowings or by repaying loans and obligations under finance leases.
financing cash flows comprise receipts from or repayments to external providers of finance in respect of principal amounts
of finance. In order to calculate such figures the closing Statement of Financial Position figure for long term debt or share
capital is compared with the opening position for the same items.
the effects of any non-cash flow changes to share capital (eg bonus issues) must also be taken into account. Finance lease
liability payments are also included in this category.
E xample 2
Iritas share capital for the years 2008 and 2009 was:
$1 equity share capital

Share premium
2009
$
58,000
29,700
87,700
2008
$
35,000
17,600
52,600
During 2009 Irita made a 1 for 7 bonus issue capitalising the general reserve. In December 2009 she issued further shares at full market
price.
Calculate cash proceeds from the issue of shares.
Chapter 19
Paper F7
interest paid
E xample 3
Agnes Statement of Financial Position extract as at 31 December, 2009
Payables
Accrued loan interest
2009
2008
18,000
74,000
Interest payable is shown in the Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income as being $217,000. There are no bank loans
or overdrafts.
Additionally Agnes entered into a finance lease during 2009.
Total payments to the finance lease creditor in the year were $9,000, of which $1,800 is interest.
Agnes has included the full $9,000 in the obligations under finance lease account.
Prepare relevant extracts from Agnes Statement of Cash Flows
taxation paid
taxation paid may need to be calculated from other data given to you. This is best achieved, as before, by putting the relevant
figures into a T account or Schedule.
E xample 4
In the Statements of Financial Position of Talis as at 31 December, 2008 and 31 December, 2009 were the following liabilities for taxation.
2009
2008
$000
$000
Income tax due
390
420
The Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income taxation charge for 2009 was $400,000.
What is the amount of taxation paid during the year?
107
108 Chapter 19

Paper F7
dividends paid
dividends paid by the entity can be classified in one of two ways:

as a financing cash flow, showing the cost of obtaining financial resources, or

as a component of cash flows from operating activities so that users can assess the entitys ability to pay dividends out of
operating cash flows.
E xample 5
Doviles Statement of Financial Position extract as at 31 December, 2008 and 2009.
Payables
Dividends payable
2008
$000
831
2009
$000
915
During 2009 Dovile paid an interim dividend of $600,000.

Calculate dividends paid by Dovile during the year ended 31 December, 2009.
Chapter 19
E xample 6 - C omprehensive
Paper F7
example
Below are the Statements of Financial Position for Zita as at 31 December, 2009 and 31 December, 2008 and the Statement of Profit or Loss
and Other Comprehensive Income for the year ended 31 December, 2009.
2009
2008
$000
$000
$000
$000
ASSETS
Non-current assets
Intangible assets
1,415
817
Tangible assets
832
681
2,247
1,498
Current assets
Inventory
619
701
Receivables
584
492
Investments
396
125
Cash
17
81
1,616
1,399
TOTAL ASSETS
3,863
2,897
Equity
$1 equity shares
Share premium
Revaluation surplus
Retained earnings
500
312
150
1,612
300
284
40
1,210
2,574
Provision for court case
5% Debentures
73
220
1,834
50
88
293
Current liabilities
Interest payable
Bank
Dividends payable
Tax payable
Trade payables
100
60
81
238
517
30
140
226
529
996
3,863
TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

Revenue
Operating profit
Interest charge
Profit before tax
Income tax expense
Dividends
Profit for the year
138
$000
1,761
(928)
833
(110)
723
(240)
483
(81)
402
1,210
1,612
925
2,897
109
110 Chapter 19

Paper F7
Notes:
(1) Intangible non-current assets represent deferred development expenditure. Amortisation in 2009 amounted to $43,000.
(2) Tangible non-current asset additions totalling $200,000 were made. Proceeds from the sale of tangible non-current assets were
$103,000, on which Zita suffered a loss of $6,000.
(3) Investments include treasury bills of $32,000 acquired during 2009. Zita sees these as cash equivalents.
(4) During the year Zita had a 1 for 4 bonus issue of shares, financed by capitalising part of the share premium account. In December
2009 there was a further issue at full market price.
Prepare a Statement of Cash Flows for Zita for the year ended 31 December, 2009 in accordance with IAS 7 (revised).
Chapter 19
Paper F7
Alternative Methods - Operating Activities
IAS 7 (revised) allows two possible layouts for the Statement of Cash Flows in respect of operating activities:

the indirect method, the one used so far, and
the direct method.
Direct method
the operating activities element of the Statement of Cash Flows is shown as follows:
$000
Cash receipts from customers
Cash paid to suppliers and employees
Interest paid
Dividend paid
Taxation paid
Net cash from operating activities
X
(X)
X
(X)
(X)
(X)
X
cash receipts from customers

this represents actual cash flows received during the accounting period in respect of sales.
cash paid to suppliers and employees

this represents cash flows made during the accounting period in respect of goods and services and amounts paid to employees
including the associated tax. It therefore includes gross salaries together with any other benefits (eg pension contributions).
111
112 Chapter 19

Paper F7
E xample 7
Jovitas Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income for the year ended 31 December, 2009 and her Statement of
Financial Position extracts as at that date were:
$000
$000
Revenue
2,933
Cost of sales
1,748
Gross profit
1,185
317
Distribution costs
438
755
Profit before tax
430
Statement of Financial Position extracts
2009
$000
2008
$000
Current assets
Inventory
Receivables
647
491
518
625
Current liabilities
Payables
329
401
You are told that:

(1) Administrative expenses include:
depreciation
employment costs
bad debt written off
84,000
123,000
17,000
(2) During 2009, Jovita sold an item of plant for $93,000 realising a profit on disposal of $15,000. This profit has been netted off
administrative expenses
Prepare Jovitas Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended 31 December, 2009 for the section Cash generated from operating activities using:
(a)
the indirect method, and
(b)
the direct method
Paper F7
Chapter 20
INTERPRETATION OF ACCOUNTS RATIO ANALYSIS

Introduction
ratio analysis is a method traditionally used by people who wish to understand more fully the financial statements and performance
of an entity.
it may be used to identify unusual items, trends or financial problems but, to be of any use, it depends entirely on comparisons
being made.
these comparisons may be between the subject entity and :

the industry as a whole
subject entitys prior period results
management accounts
forecasts
other entities
other related figures elsewhere in the financial statements
in isolation, a calculated ratio or multiple is totally meaningless, and no useful interpretation can be drawn.
Users of financial statements
there is a variety of potential users of an entitys financial statements, each of whom may have different objectives
E xample 1
How may the following users of financial statements benefit from ratio analysis?
(a) Shareholders
(b)
Potential investors
(c)
Bank and other capital providers
(d) Employees
113
114 Chapter 20

Paper F7
(e) Management
(f ) Suppliers
(g) Government
categories of ratios

profitability
liquidity
gearing
investors ratios.
ratio analysis cannot answer questions. It can only raise matters for further consideration and investigation.
it must be stressed that ratio analysis on its own is not sufficient for interpreting an entitys performance, and that there are other
items of information which should be looked at, for example:

the content of any accompanying commentary on the financial statements and other statements;
the age and nature of the entitys assets;
current and future developments in the entitys markets, at home and overseas, and recent acquisitions or disposals of a
subsidiary by the entity;
any other noticeable features of the financial statements, for example, events after the reporting period, contingent
liabilities, a qualified auditors report, the entitys taxation position, and involvement in research and development
Chapter 20
Paper F7
The key ratios
Profitability
Return on capital employed
(or ROCE)
Profit before interest and tax.

It is often referred to internationally as IBIT
(Income before interest and tax)
TALCL
Total assets less current liabilities.

It is equal to the capital invested in the business
(equity plus non-current liabilities)
PBIT
Revenue
Asset turnover
Return on equity
expressed as a percentage
PBIT
Profit margin
PBIT
TALCL
Revenue
TALCL
expressed as a multiple
Profit available for equity

Equity shareholders funds
Liquidity
Current ratio
Current assets : Current liabilities
Quick ratio (or acid test)
Current assets less inventory : Current liabilities
expressed as ratio eg 3:1

expressed as a ratio
Inventory turnover
Cost of sales
Average inventory
Receivables collection period
Trade receivables
Credit sales
365
expressed as a number of days
Payables payment period
Trade payables
Credit purchases
365
expressed as a number of days
Gearing
Debt/equity
Debt/debt + equity
Net debt
Interest cover
Interest bearing net debt

Shareholders funds
Interest bearing net debt
Shareholders funds + Interest bearing net debt
long term debt net of any spare cash.

In some cases, a long term bank overdraft is classed as long term debt.
PBIT
Interest payable
115
116 Chapter 20

Paper F7
Investors Ratios
Dividend yield
Dividend per share

Mid market price (MMP)
Dividend cover
Earnings per share (EPS)

Dividend per share
Price earnings ratio (PE Ratio)
MMP
EPS
Earnings yield
EPS
MMP
E xample 2
Elchin is thinking about buying a substantial interest in a competitor, Aurelija, and has a copy of Aurelijas financial statements for the year
ended 31 December, 2009.
Elchin has asked you to analyse these statements and to write a report to him identifying areas which are worthy of note,
and areas which will require further investigations.
Aurelijas financial statements are set out below:
2009
$000
$000
Revenue
1,220
Cost of sales
900
Gross profit
320
100
Distribution costs
105
205
Operating profit
115
24
Interest charge
Profit before tax
91
Taxation
27
Profit after tax
64
Proposed dividends
24
Retained profit
40
2008
$000
$000
1,000
760
240
74
90
164
76
76
22
54
20
34
Statement of Financial Position as at 31 December, 2009

2009
$000
Tangible non-current assets
Motor vehicles
Current assets
Inventory
Receivables
Cash
TOTAL ASSETS
Equity share capital $1 each
Retained earnings
2008
$000
$000
3,600
13,000
16,600
225
280
15
$000
3,900
12,000
15,900
120
125
65
520
17,120
310
16,210
4,000
12,048
16,048
4,000
12,008
16,008
Chapter 20
Paper F7
8% Convertible bonds
Current liabilities
Payables
Taxation
Bank
Proposed dividend
200
440
49
359
24
160
22
20
872
17,120
202
16,210
117
118 Chapter 20

Paper F7
Paper F7
Chapter 21
IAS 33 EARNINGS PER SHARE

Need for EPS
earnings per share (EPS) is a component part of the calculation of the Price Earnings Ratio (PE Ratio) which itself is often taken to be
the most important ratio used by investment analysts. This is because it allows a direct comparative measure of entities operating
in different industries and different markets.
in addition, EPS allows analysts to compare an entitys performance over a period of time.
because of these reasons, it was seen as necessary that a standard approach to the calculation of EPS should be defined.
IAS 33 Calculation
scope and disclosure

applies to all entities with shares which are publicly traded.
show basic and diluted EPS on the face of the Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income with equal
prominence whether the result is positive or negative for each class of equity shares.
note showing:
---
earnings figure used (numerator) for both basic and diluted EPS and a reconciliation to the net profit or loss for the
period;
weighted average number of equity shares used (denominator) in both the basic and diluted EPS calculation and a
reconciliation between the two.
Earnings per share

basic EPS is calculated as:

Net profit or loss for the period attributable to equity shareholders
Weighted average number of equity shares outstanding during the period
expressed in cents
net profit or loss attributable to equity shareholders is consolidated profit after

----
income tax
non-controlling interest
preference dividends
119
120 Chapter 21

Paper F7
Changes in equity share capital
decreases in share capital occur, rarely, when an entity buys back shares from its investors and cancels them.
increases in share capital (can happen in a variety of ways):

issues at full market price
rights issues
bonus issues
capitalisation issues
scrip issues
Note Capitalisation and scrip issues may be taken to be the same as bonus issues
issues at full market price

theory suggests that the market price of a share represents the present value of the future earnings of that share, discounted
for time. There is, therefore, no affect on the earning capacity of existing shares.
the weighted average number of equity shares calculation will be affected, but only to account for the increase with effect
from the date of the issue.
rights issues

a rights issue occurs when an entity offers to its existing shareholders the right to acquire more shares in the entity at a price
lower than the current mid-market price ie at a discount on mid-market price
the rule to apply is:

---
multiply all prior periods this year by the RIGHTS FRACTION, and
multiply last years disclosed EPS by the reciprocal of the rights fraction.
the rights fraction
CRAP
TERP
what is CRAP? The cum-rights actual price ie the market price of the share immediately before the rights issue. Thats CRAP
what is TERP? The theoretical ex rights price ie a calculated theoretical value per share immediately after the rights issue.
the calculation is best set out in a short working as illustrated.
The rights fraction is calculated as
E xample 1
Svetlana had in issue at 1 January, 2009 5,000,000 $1 equity shares.
On 1 August, 2009 Svetlana made a 1 for 4 rights issue at an exercise price of $3. The mid-market price immediately before the rights issue
was $4.
Earnings for the year available to equity shareholders was $3,000,000, and 2008 disclosed EPS was 54c
Calculate Svetlanas basic EPS for 2009, and restate the comparative figure.
Chapter 21
Paper F7
bonus issues

a bonus issue is a free issue of shares, given to existing shareholders. No extra funds are available to the entity.
a bonus issue is treated as though the additional shares had been in existence from the first day of the year, and an
adjustment is required also, to reflect the issue, to the disclosed EPS for the previous year.
the rule to apply is:

multiply all prior periods this year by the BONUS FRACTION, and
multiply last years disclosed EPS by the reciprocal of the bonus fraction.
the bonus fraction

The bonus fraction is calculated as:

number of shares in issue after the bonus
number of shares in issue before the bonus
if an entity had 400,000 shares in issue, and made a 1 for 8 bonus issue, then after the issue, there would be 450,000 shares
in issue.
so we could express the bonus fraction as
450,000
400,000
but it is so much easier to express it on the basis of 8 shares originally moving to 9 shares after the bonus ie
9
8
121
122 Chapter 21

Paper F7
E xample 2
Larissa had earnings of $600,000 for the year ended 28 February, 2009 and 2,000,000 $1 equity share capital at 1 March, 2008. On 31
August, Larissa issued 3,000,000 new shares at full market price, and on 1 November 2008, Larissa made a bonus issue of 2 new shares for
every 7 already held. Last years EPS was disclosed as 16c.
Calculate the basic EPS for Larissa for the year ended 28 February, 2009, and restate the comparative EPS.
Note, it is well worth counting the months on your fingers.
For example April August could be
3 months
(30.4 1.8), or
4 months
(30.4 31.8), or
5 months
(1.4 31.8)
Diluted EPS Overview
an entity will calculate, and disclose, its basic EPS prominently in the financial statements for each year.
but the entity may have in issue financial instruments which allow the holder to convert those instruments into equity shares at
some time in the future.
on conversion, clearly the number of shares in issue will increase and, at the same time, the earnings available for equity may also
change because, for example, the entity will no longer have to pay loan interest.
Note: for the purpose of the exam, only two such instruments need to be considered:

options

convertible loans or bonds
the principle behind the diluted EPS calculation is to show existing and potential investors the effect which these future conversions
would have if the conversion date had been on the earliest day possible in the current year.
put another way, if these future conversion rights had been able to be exercised at the start of the current year, but earnings had
remained the same, what would the EPS figure be?
Chapter 21
Paper F7
Diluted EPS Options
options are often granted to directors and senior employees as an incentive for them to work harder for the entity. As a result of
their efforts, the value of the entity will hopefully increase, and the share price will reflect this increase in value.
on the date the options are granted, the exercise price will be higher than the current mid-market price, and the exercise date may
be a number of years into the future.
as time goes on, as a result of the directors efforts, the mid-market price will increase to a level greater than the exercise price. But
with options (sometimes called warrants) the exercise price is fixed.
Note: only when the mid-market price exceeds the exercise price do we need to consider the options in the diluted eps
calculation. In the exam this is the situation which you will face.
E xample 3
Solveiga had in issue 4,000,000 $1 equity shares throughout the year ended 31 December, 2009, with an average mid-market price of $5.
There were also 3,000,000 outstanding options, which had been granted to the directors, allowing them to exercise their option at $4 per
share.
Earnings for the year ended 31 December, 2009 available for equity were $2,800,000.
Calculate the basic and diluted eps for Solveiga for the year ended 31 December, 2009.
123
124 Chapter 21

Paper F7
Convertible loans or bonds
when the loans are converted into equity shares, the entity will no longer have the loan interest as an expense. So pre-tax earnings
will increase by the amount of the loan interest.
but that means that taxable profits will also increase. So the saving for the entity will be only the net-of-tax loan interest.
E xample 4
Kaspars, throughout the year ended 31 December, 2009 had in issue 2,000,000 equity shares and $3,000,000 6.25% convertible bonds.
Each $1,000 bond is convertible into 760 equity shares on 31 December 2013, or 740 equity shares on 31 December 2014.
Earnings available for equity for the year ended 31 December, 2009 were $700,000 and the corporate income tax rate is 25%.
Calculate Kaspars basic and diluted eps for the year ended 31 December, 2009.
maximum dilution

so far we have considered, in each example, only one diluting instrument. But what if there is more than one? Clearly, all
financial instruments outstanding could have a diluting affect, but one, or more, of them may in fact improve the basic EPS.
these are known as anti-dilutive, and are ignored for disclosure purposes ie we show the worst position possible in order to
allow existing and potential investors to appreciate the maximum dilution.
where we are faced with more than one convertible financial instrument, the sequence in which we consider their impact
is important.
the rule is:

consider them in the sequence of most diluting first
to arrive at this sequence, it is necessary to calculate the marginal earnings per share for each conversion. When calculated,
we must rank them in the correct sequence, and then apply them in that sequence in a working to establish the diluted eps.
Chapter 21
Paper F7
E xample 5
Edgars had in issue throughout the year ended 31 December, 2009 3,370,000 $1 equity shares, and earnings for the year, after tax at 25%,
were $10,000,000. Of this amount, $900,000 was from discontinued operations. An average mid-market price for the year for Edgars shares
was $4.
In addition, Edgars had the following outstanding financial instruments:

520,000 options, exercise price $3.00, exercise date 31 December 2011

2,000,000 options exercise price $5.00 exercise date 31 December 2013

$20,000,000 10.673% convertible bonds. Conversion terms are for each $1,000 bond the holder can acquire 18 equity shares on 31
December 2012 or 30 equity shares on 31 December 2014.
Calculate Edgars basic and diluted eps for the year ended 31 December, 2009.
Convertible preference shares are a further possible diluting financial instrument.
125
126 Chapter 21

Paper F7
Paper F7
Chapter 22
THEORETICAL MATTERS
profit is the difference between an entitys capital at the beginning and the end of an accounting period
but capital could be financial or operating
financial capital is the aggregation of shares and reserves and is known as shareholders funds
objective of financial capital maintenance is to maintain shareholders wealth
operating capital (or physical capital) is the aggregation of non-current assets, inventories and monetary working capital
objective of operating capital maintenance is to maintain operating capacity of the entity
in achieving this, specific price changes are taken into account
different accounting principles apply to different concepts
financial capital maintenance uses either nominal dollars or current purchasing power as the unit of measurement
operating capital maintenance uses nominal dollars
how these possibilities combine can be summarised in the following table:

concept
financial
financial
operating
unit of measurement
cpp
nominal
nominal
assets valuation
historic cost
historic cost
current cost
system of accounting
cpp
hca
cca
127
128 Chapter 22

Theoretical matters
Paper F7
Current purchasing power (cpp)
some (or all!) of the items in the financial statements are restated for changes in general price levels compared with a stable
monetary unit the cpp
changes in purchasing power are based on general level of inflation using the RPI
cpp measures profits as the increase in the current purchasing power of equity. Profits are therefore stated after allowing for the fall
in purchasing power resulting from inflation
effect on financial statement items

monetary items and assets / liabilities fixed in $ terms by contract or statute?
adjustment is made to reflect fall in value if using cpp but no adjustment is made when using historic cost accounting
non-monetary items not fixed in $ terms by contract or statute? Adjustment is made to reflect change in value
monetary items value falls as inflation decreases purchasing power
non-monetary items value increases
Advantages and disadvantages of cpp
advantages:

greater comparability resulting from asset value restatement
year by year comparisons have greater validity
subjectivity of other value measurement systems is avoided
being based on historic cost, as adjusted for indexation, the figures are auditable
gains and losses resulting from inflation are high-lighted
disadvantages

use of indices necessarily involves approximation
what use are financial statements to a reader majority rarely understand the figures even when based on the solid ground
of historic costs
restatement of asset values represents neither value to business nor value realised so no improvement on historic cost
method
Chapter 22
Theoretical matters
Paper F7
Current cost accounting (cca)
cca is the system of accounting applied to the concept of operating capital maintenance
the value of assets consumed or sold, and those in the statement of financial position are stated at their value to the entity
value to the entity is known as deprival value
deprival value is
lower of
replacement
cost (rc)
higher of
net realisable value

(nrv)
present value (pv)
depreciation is charged on the asset based on gross replacement cost where replacement cost is the deprival value
where nrv or pv is the deprival value, the charge against cca profits will be the loss of value of the asset
goods sold are charged at their replacement cost. For example, an item of inventory which costs $25 is sold for $32 by which time
its replacement cost has risen to $28
cca trading account would show:

revenue
replacement cost of goods sold
current cost profit
32
(28)
4
129
130 Chapter 22

Theoretical matters
Paper F7
Advantages and disadvantages of cca and disclosures
advantages:

better assessment of stability, vulnerability, liquidity and future prospects
as a result of eliminating holding gains, theres a better indication of whether dividends will reduce operating capacity
disadvantages:

finding suitable indices could be a problem
determining nrv and pv could be a problem
Paper F7
Chapter 23
IAS 16 PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
principal issues:

timing and recognition
determination of carrying amount
depreciation charge to be recognised
IAS 16 does not apply to forests and similar regenerative natural resources, nor to minerals, oils and similar non-regenerative natural
resources
residual value is the net amount which the entity expects to obtain for an asset at the end of its useful life after deducting the
expected costs of disposal.
fair value is the amount for which an asset could be exchanged between knowledgeable, willing parties in an arms length
transaction.
carrying amount is the amount at which an asset is recognised in the Statement of Financial Position after deducting any
accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses.
an impairment loss is the amount by which the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount.
recognise an asset when:

it is probable that future economic benefit will flow to the entity, and
cost of the asset can be reliably measured
Benchmark Treatment
should be carried at cost less accumulated depreciation
cost includes purchase price, import duties and non-refundable purchase taxes
but is net of trade discounts and rebates
cost also includes expenses directly attributable to bringing the asset to a working condition
131
132 Chapter 23

IAS 16 Property, Plant and Equipment
Paper F7
examples:

site preparation costs
delivery and handling costs
installation costs
professional costs eg engineers and architects
estimated costs of disassembly and site restoration
subsequent expenditure should only be recognised as an asset when, as a result, there is improvement in the assets standard of
performance
examples:

modifications which extend the assets useful life
upgrading an asset to improve its performance
PPE allowed alternative (revaluation model)
subsequent to initial recognition at cost, ppe can be carried at a revalued amount but only if fair value can be reliably measured
revalued amount is fair value at date of revaluation less subsequent accumulated depreciation and impairment losses
revaluations should be carried out regularly
accumulated depreciation at the revaluation date should either be restated proportionately, for example if indexing is used, or
... eliminated in accounting for the revaluation
double entry on revaluation

Dr
accumulated depreciation (until reduced to $ nil)
Dr ppe

Cr
revaluation reserve
revaluation reserve transferred to retained earnings when asset sold, or
proportionately transferred to retained earnings throughout the assets remaining life
fair values:

land and buildings market value determined by professionally qualified valuers
ppe- market value determined by appraisal
if no recognised market, value at depreciated replacement cost
Paper F7
Chapter 24
IFRS 15 REVENUE FROM CONTRACTS

WITH CUSTOMERS
Definitions within the standard:
Contract:
is an agreement between two or more parties that creates enforceable rights and obligations
Customer: is a party that has contracted with an entity to obtain goods or services that are an output of that entitys ordinary
activities in exchange for consideration
Income:
is increases in economic benefits during the accounting period in the form of inflows or enhancements of assets
or decreases of liabilities that result in an increase in equity, other than those relating to contributions from equity
participants
Performance obligation: is a promise in a contract with a customer to transfer to the customer either:
a good or service(or a bundle of goods or services) that is distinct, or
a series of distinct goods or services that are substantially the same and that have the same pattern of transfer to the customer
Transaction price: is the amount of consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled in exchange for transferring promised goods
or services to a customer, excluding amounts collected on behalf of third parties
Control:
control of an asset is defined as the ability to direct the use of and obtain substantially all the remaining
benefits from the use of the asset as well as the ability to exclude others from the use of the asset
NB in the rest of this chapter reference to goods shall apply equally to services and reference to services applies equally to goods
Revenue: is income arising in the course of an entitys ordinary activities and specifically:
includes sales, services, interest, royalties and dividends
excludes trade discounts and VAT
should be measured at fair value of consideration received
if consideration is deferred, amount should be discounted
the difference between apparent sale value and fair value where sales are financed by the seller
revenue from the sale of goods recognised when all criteria are met:

transfer of significant risks and rewards
no continuing managerial involvement nor effective control of goods sold
revenue can be reliably measured
probable inflow of related economic benefits
reliable measurement of transaction costs
133
134 Chapter 24

Paper F7
Two or more standards
contracts with customers may fall partly within the scope of IFRS 15 and partly within the scope of a different IFRS
if this different IFRS specifies how to measure and separate the two different elements, then that specification shall be followed first
the element that remains after that separation is then treated under the concepts identified by IFRS 15
Core principle
The core principle of the IFRS is that an entity should recognise revenue reflecting the transfer of promised goods to customers representing the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for that transfer of those goods
5 step model
the IFRS identifies a 5 step model to be applied in achieving that core principle
1
identify the contract with the customer
identify the performance obligations in the contract
determine the transaction price
allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract
recognise revenue when the entity satisfies a performance obligation
The steps in greater detail

1
identify the contract with the customer

a contract with a customer falls within the IFRS if the following 5 conditions are met

the contract has been approved by the parties to the contract
each partys rights in relation to the goods to be transferred can be identified
the payment terms for the goods to be transferred can be identified
the contract has commercial substance
it is probable that the consideration to which the entity is entitled in exchange for the goods will be recoverable
where a contract does not yet satisfy all those five criteria, the entity shall continuously re-assess the situation to determine whether
all five are substantially satisfied and, when they are, the entity shall apply IFRS 15
modifications to contract terms or conditions
where there are modifications to the contract, and those modifications satisfy the above five criteria, the modification shall be
treated as a separate contract
if the modifications do not satisfy the criteria, then the treatment for the original contract shall itself be modified
this modified treatment may be applied retrospectively or prospectively dependent upon whether the goods to be delivered
under the modified contract are separable from those delivered before the modification
Chapter 24
Paper F7
2 identify the performance obligations in the contract (this point is best considered in the context of a contract involving, say,
the delivery of plant accompanied by a continuing obligation to maintain the plant, that obligation to be satisfied over a period of,
say, 5 years)
at the time the contract is entered into, the entity should assess the goods and services to be delivered and identify as a performance
obligation:

goods (or bundles of goods) that are distinct, and
a series of distinct services that are substantially the same and that have the same pattern of transfer to the customer
this latter point concerning a series of services to be transferred in the same pattern is relevant if both of two pre-conditions are
satisfied

each distinct service in the series promised to be transferred consecutively to the customer would be a performance
obligation satisfied over time, and
a single method of measuring progress would be used to measure the entitys progress towards total satisfaction of the
performance obligation to transfer those services to the customer
when are goods or services to be treated as distinct? Again, both of two pre-conditions are to be satisfied

the customer shall be able to benefit from the goods on their own or in conjunction with other readily available resource,
and
the entitys promise to transfer those goods is separately identifiable from other contractual promises

how do we identify separately identifiable? Guidance within the IFRS suggests some factors, but these do not necessarily
represent a comprehensive list. The list includes:
the entity does not provide a significant service of integrating the goods or services with other goods or services promised
within the contract
the services do not significantly modify other goods promised in the contract
the services are not closely interrelated nor highly dependent on other goods promised in the contract
determine the transaction price

essentially, this is the price agreed within the contract in respect of the transfer of the goods in satisfaction of the performance
obligation
but the contract may contain elements of the consideration that are variable

examples of variable elements include:

---
discounts, incentives, rebates, credits, refunds, price concessions, performance bonuses and penalties
it is also possible that variability exists where the entitys right to consideration is dependent upon the occurrence
or non-occurrence of some future event
variable consideration should only be included within the transaction price if it is highly probable that its inclusion will not result
in a significant revenue reversal in the future as a result of the subsequent resolution of the uncertainty
finally, if the uncertainty is because of royalty revenue based upon usage under a license agreement, that revenue shall be
recognised only when the actual usage has occurred
135
136 Chapter 24

4
Paper F7
allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract

where a contract has multiple performance obligations, it is necessary to allocate the transaction price to those separate obligations.
again, think of it as a contract for the supply of plant with continuing obligation to service and maintain that plant over an extended
period following delivery
this allocation problem should be based on the separate relative stand-alone values
if it is not readily available to determine such stand-alone values, the entity will have to make appropriate estimates
IFRS suggests possible methods to be adopted in that estimation exercise

an adjusted market assessment approach
an approach using expected cost plus appropriate margin
and, in limited circumstances, a residual approach
any overall discount when compared with stand-alone values shall be allocated on a basis weighted to the performance obligations
where there is an agreement for payment in advance (or in arrears) the entity needs to consider whether the delay between
performance and payment includes an element of financing
if it does involve financing, then an adjustment should be made under the principles of discounting for the time value of money
5
recognise revenue when the entity satisfies a performance obligation

revenue is recognised when control is passed
benefits in the context of control are the potential cash flows directly or indirectly associated with the use of the asset
revenue shall be allocated over a time period if any one of the following criteria is satisfied

customer receives and consumes simultaneously the benefits provided by the entity at the time of the entitys performance
performance provided by the entity creates or improves the performance of an asset already under the customers control
entitys performance does not create an asset with an alternative use to the entity
entity has an enforceable right to receive payment for the performance completed to date
in the situation that an entity does not render performance over a period of time into the future, then performance must have been
rendered at a single point in time
but the question arises, when is that single point in time when performance is rendered and control is passed?
IFRS suggests factors that may indicate that point in time, but these suggestions are not necessarily comprehensive. They include
when the:

entity gains the right to payment for the asset
customer is recognised as having legal ownership of the asset
entity has transferred physical possession of the asset
significant risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred by the entity to the custiomer
customer has accepted delivery of the asset
Chapter 24
Paper F7
Costs of obtaining a contract
where an entity incurs costs in the process of gaining a contract, these costs should be capitalised as an asset where the entity
expects to recover those costs
but the capitalisation of costs should be restricted to just those that the entity would not have incurred if the contract had not
been successfully won
an example would be the enabling fees or introduction fees payable to an intermediary or agent
generally, costs involved in a contract are treated as assets only if all the following criteria are satisfied:
the costs are directly related to the contract
the costs are expected to be recovered, and
the costs either generate or improve the entitys resources that will be used in satisfying the performance obligations in the
future
these costs include matters such as direct labour, materials and overheads related to the contract and the asset thus recognised
shall be amortised on a basis consistent with the pattern of the transfer of goods and services transferred under the contract
numerical examples of the accounting treatment are in chapter 13 Accounting treatment of construction contracts
Presentation in the financial statements
a contract liability arises where a customer has paid in advance of the receipt goods or services under the contract
a contract asset arises where goods or services have been rendered to a customer but the customer has not yet settled the amount
in consideration of those goods or services
here it happens that the full recoverability of an asset arising under a contract is in doubt, then an impairment loss should be
w
recognised as an expense
Disclosures
in general, sufficient disclosure should be made of information in order to enable a user of financial statements to understand fully
the nature, amounts, timing and uncertainty of revenues and cash flows arising from contracts with customers
such information should be qualitative as well as quantitative in nature
137
138 Chapter 24

Paper F7
Paper F7
Chapter 25
IAS 20 GOVERNMENT GRANTS
recognise only when reasonable assurance that any conditions have been met and that grant will be received
if based on expenses, accruals concept applies
shown either as other income or netted off the related expense
if asset related, show either as deferred income or net off against the cost of the asset
if grant is to be repaid, set against the deferred income
if greater than balance on deferred income account, expense the excess immediately
disclosure

accounting policy
nature and extent of grants recognised
any unfulfilled conditions or contingencies relating to grants recognised
139
140 Chapter 25

IAS 20 Government Grants
Paper F7
Paper F7
Chapter 26
IAS 38 INTANGIBLE ASSETS
an identifiable non-monetary asset without physical substance held for use in the production or supply of goods or services, for
rental to others, or for administrative purposes
recognise if (and only if):

probable future economic benefit attributable to the asset will flow to the entity, and
... cost can be reliably measured
benchmark treatment is cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses
allowed alternative is revalued amount less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses
if following alternative, revaluation should be fair value by reference to an active market
all assets in a class should be revalued unless there is no active market, in which case follow benchmark
revaluation exercise should take place regularly so that carrying value is not wildly different from fair value
internally generated intangible assets should not normally be recognised as intangible assets
expenditure previously expensed should not be reversed and capitalised
141
142 Chapter 26

IAS 38 Intangible Assets
Paper F7
Development expenditure
research costs? expense
development costs? capitalise if it satisfies the criteria:

defined project
environmentally satisfactory
feasible technically
expenses clearly allocable
reliable measurement
resources exist to carry the project through
extent of deferral restricted to assured recovery
do not write back any costs previously expensed
IAS 38 Amortisation and disclosure
amortise on a systematic basis over anticipated useful life
usually not more than twenty years
commence amortisation when asset is available for use
amortisation period and method should be reviewed at least annually
recoverable amount reviewed annually and impaired as necessary
disclosure

distinguish between internally generated and other intangible assets
useful lives of assets and amortisation methods
gross carrying amount and accumulated amortisation at start and end of period
which item in Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income includes the amortisation expense
if research and development, how much charged this year as an expense
Paper F7
Chapter 27
IAS 40 INVESTMENT PROPERTIES
property (land, building or part of building) held either as owner or finance lessee to earn rentals or for capital appreciation or both
rather than for:

use in production of goods, supply of service or administrative purposes, or
sale in the ordinary course of business
recognition when, and only when

probable inflow of future economic benefit
cost can be reliably measured
initial recognition should be at cost
cost includes purchase price and directly attributable expenses such as legal and architectural fees
for self-constructed investment properties, cost is cost at the date when construction or development is complete
subsequent expenditure capitalised only if it improves the likely future economic inflow of resource
otherwise, its expensed as a period cost
Measurement and transfers
subsequent to initial recognition, entity may choose cost model (benchmark) or fair value model (allowed alternative)
cost model? carry at fair value based on market state and circumstances
resulting gains and losses included within Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income for the year
assets should be transferred into or out of investment property when there is a change in use, for example:

owner occupation (investment property
development with a view to sell (investment property
end of owner occupation (TNCA
start of operating lease (investment property
end of construction or development (assets in the course of construction
TNCA)
inventory)
investment property)
inventory)
investment property)
143
144 Chapter 27

IAS 40 Investment Properties
Paper F7
IAS 40 disclosure
movement during the year
criteria used to distinguish owner-occupied from investment (where classification is not clear)
methods and assumptions used in determining fair value
extent to which fair value has been determined by an outside expert
Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income elements of:

rental income
operating expenses incurred on investment properties
whether there are any restrictions on realisability or remittance of disposal proceeds or income
any material contractual obligations to purchase, construct or maintain investment properties
depreciation methods and useful lives when using the cost model
if fair value model used generally, but its not possible to establish fair value of particular investment properties, then:

description
explanation of why fair value cannot be reliably measured
if possible, disclose a range of estimates
the fact of a disposal, carrying amount and gain or loss arising on a property not carried at fair value
Paper F7
Chapter 28
IFRS 9 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
a financial instrument is a contract that gives rise to a financial asset of one entity and a financial liability or equity instrument of
another entity
its a contract a piece of paper evidencing an asset of one entity and an obligation ( or increased equity ) of another
financial instrument assets may be

a debt asset which will be received some time in the future

for example, an investment in another entitys debentures, or
an equity asset
for example, an investment in another entitys shares, but not an investment in a subsidiary, associate, joint venture
nor pension fund
debt assets

initial measurement is at fair value and includes transaction costs
the only exception to this transaction cost inclusion rule is if the investment is not classed as at fair value through profit
and loss (FVTPL)
subsequent measurement is either at:
-amortised cost, or
-fair value
a debt asset may only be valued at amortised cost if it satisfies both of two tests
--
the business model test the asset is held with the intention of realising its cash flows rather than being held for
early sale, and
--
the cash flow characteristics test the asset terms are such that cash flows will arise on specific dates in the future
representing interest payments and repayments of principal
--
if either one of these tests is not satisfied, the asset must be classified as at FVTPL
--
even if both tests are satisfied, nevertheless the asset may be valued at FVTPL if, by doing so, it eliminates or
significantly reduces an inconsistency in measurements ( the fair value option )
--
annual changes in value go through statement of income
145
146 Chapter 28

Paper F7
equity assets

these are measured at fair value...
... with any change in value being reflected in statement of income .
.unless an election is made at the date of acquisition to deal with changes in value through the statement of other
comprehensive income (FVTOCI)
such an election cannot be changed its irrevocable
so, if the election is made, only the dividend income from the investment will be recognized within the statement of income
if the investment was made with the intention of trading those shares, then it is not possible to elect to classify the
investment as at FVTOCI
on disposal, gains and losses previously recognized through statement of other comprehensive income cannot be recycled
through the statement of income
instead, on disposal, previously recognized gains and losses will be transferred to retained earnings through the statement
of changes in equity
reclassification

if an election was made to classify as at FVTOCI, then that asset cannot be reclassified
if the fair value option has been exercised for a debt asset, that too cannot be reclassified
but if the business model objective has changed, a debt asset instrument may be reclassified between FVTPL and amortised
cost, and vice versa
such a reclassification does not operate retrospectively, so any previously recognized gains or losses are not restated
impairments

IFRS 9 suggests that only assets held at amortised cost should be subjected to annual impairment review
but it is proposed that an expected loss model be introduced so investors holding financial assets will be required to
determine and account for expected losses when the asset is acquired rather than wait until the investee entity defaults
this will be achieved by making allowance for the expected losses over the life of the asset by acknowledging a potential
reduction in the income stream from that asset
examples
1
The accounting treatment on the disposal of an equity investment classified as at FVTOCI

-where shares were acquired some years ago for, say, $6,000 an election was made on acquisition to classify as at
FVTOCI
-throughout the period of ownership, the investment has been annually remeasured with increases and decreases
reflected in other comprehensive income and credited to Other components of Equity
-at the last year end, the fair value had risen to $9,600 and, at the date of disposal during this year, it had risen further
to $9,800
-only $200 will be recognized through this years statement of income. The previous gains of $3,600 will be transferred
from Other components of Equity to Retained earnings through the statement of changes in equity
Illustration of how the expected loss model will work

-A portfolio of debt instruments has been acquired and recognized at its cost of $40,000. The assets satisfy both the
business model test and the cash flow characteristics test and have been accounted for at amortised cost.
-The actual and effective rate of return is 6% but there is an element of doubt about the continuing viability of the
investee entities and, although there has been no default this year, it is considered likely that the actual rate of return
in the long run will be only 4%
Chapter 28
--
---
in applying the expected loss model, only 4% return on the portfolio will be recognized in the statement of income.
The amount to be recognized before the expected loss review was 6% $40,000 ie $2,400 but the expected loss
restricts the amount to be recognized to just 4% $40,000 ie $1,600
the missing 2% ie $800 will be credited to the asset account reducing the value of the portfolio to $40,000 $800
ie $39,200
the double entry will therefore be:
Dr
Paper F7
Cash
Cr
Income
Cr
Asset
2,400
1,600
800
financial instrument liabilities

a financial instrument liability arises, for example, when a purchaser of goods or services on credit receives an invoice from
the supplier remember, its a contract
for our purposes, and for the exam, its more likely to arise when an entity raises finance by way of a debenture issue, or
equally, when an entity raises finance by way of a share issue, a financial instrument is created
financing of these two types of instrument is radically different and thats why it is important that they be correctly classified
a dividend paid on an equity share is an appropriation of profits and is accounted for through the statement of changes in
equity whereas .
. interest paid on a debenture is a finance charge reflected in the statement of income
equity instruments

an equity instrument evidences a residual interest in the assets of an entity after all liabilities have been settled in the event
of a liquidation
initial measurement is at fair value less any associated issue costs
beware the share premium!
illustration an entity issues 500,000 $1 equity shares for $2,20 each and pays issue costs of $10,000
the double entry would be:

Dr
Cr
Cr
Cash (500,000 $2,20) $10,000

Share capital (500,000 $1)
Share premium (500,000 $1,20) $10,000
1,090,000
500,000
590,000
having recorded the issue of shares at face value and the associated share premium ( net of issue costs ) the equity
instrument is not now remeasured
any increase in the value of the shares is enjoyed by the shareholders not by the entity
147
148 Chapter 28

financial liabilities ( as distinct from equity instruments )

these may be classified as either at amortised cost or at FVTPL
if at amortised cost ( applicable to the majority of financial instrument liabilities ) initial measurement is at fair value less any
related transaction costs
a financial instrument liability considers the effective rate ( given in an exam question ) compared with the nominal (
coupon ) rate
illustration an entity raises finance by issuing $600,000 4% debentures, redeemable in 3 years time at a premium of
$33,367. You are told that the effective rate of interest is 7%. No election has been made to treat the liability at FVTPL so it
will be accounted for on an amortised cost basis. Issue costs of $20,000 were incurred
this illustration involves initial measurement at fair value less related transaction costs
on issue, the double entry will be:

Dr
Cash with the net receipts

Cr
Liabilities debenture
580,000
580,000
in order to calculate the annual finance charge it is advisable to set out a table as follows:
year 1
year 2
year 3
Paper F7
brought
forward
580,000
596,600
614,362
effective
interest 7%
40,600
41,762
43,005
interest paid
4%
24,000
24,000
24,000
carried
forward
596,600
614,362
633,367
note, if the interest rate / coupon rate had been zero, then no amount of interest would be paid. The only payment would
have been the amount paid on maturity at the end of the 3 years. But the annual finance charge using the effective interest
rate would be shown
compound / mixed instruments

these are financial instruments which have both a debt element and an equity element
classically, a convertible debenture
you will not be asked in an exam to calculate the effective rate of interest on any financial instrument
if its relevant, it will be stated in the question
in the situation of a compound instrument being issued, the issuing entity will need to value separately the debt element
and, by default, the equity element
in valuing the debt element, discounted cash flow techniques are applied to the future cash flows attributable to the debt
by deducting the total present value of the debt element from the face value of the compound instrument, we are left with
the equity element
illustration a $400,000 4% debenture was issued, redeemable at par in 3 years time. We are told that the effective rate of
interest is 7%. In this illustration, there are no transaction costs but, if there had been, these would have been proportionally
allocated between the debt and the equity elements
the debenture can be repaid in cash or the lender can opt to convert the debt into equity shares on agreed terms of, say,
750 $1 equity shares for each $1,000 debenture
Chapter 28

we need a table to calculate the present value of the cash flows related to the debt element
flow
year 1
year 2
year 3
16,000
16,000
416,000
discount
factor @ 7%
. 9346
. 8734
. 8163
present
value
14,954
13,974
339,580
368,508
the double entry to record the issue of the convertible debenture would be:
Dr
Paper F7
Cash
Cr
Other components of equity
Cr
Financial liability, debenture
400,000
31,492
368,508
to calculate the amounts to be included within the financial statements, it is advisable to set up a table as follows:
year 1
year 2
year 3
brought
forward
368,508
378,304
388,785
effective
interest 7%
25,796
26,481
27,215
interest paid
carried
4%
forward
16,000
378,304
16,000
388,785
16,000
400,000
in year 1 there will be a charge to the statement of income of $25,796 even though only $16,000 is actually paid. The
difference of $9,796 is added to the financial liability in the statement of financial position
similarly, in year 2 the finance charge in the statement of income will be $ 26,481 and the liability will be increased by
$10,481 ie $26,481 - $16,000 paid
at the end of year 3, the liability now stands at $400,000 and will be either repaid in cash or, if the lender chooses, it could
be settled by the issue of 300,000 $1 equity shares in which case the double entry would be:
Dr
4% debenture
Cr
Share capital
Cr
Share premium
400,000
300,000
100,000
149
150 Chapter 28

Paper F7
Paper F7
Chapter 29
AGRICULTURE
Agriculture standardises the accounting for agricultural activity

that is:
-the conversion of biological assets

-into agricultural produce
as a generalisation, the standard requires biological assets to be
measured at fair value less costs to sell
definitions

biological assets living plants and animals
agricultural produce the produce harvested from the biological assets
costs to sell incremental costs directly attributable to the disposal of an asset excluding finance costs and taxation
initial recognition

an entity should recognise a biological asset or agricultural produce only when the entity:
-----
controls the asset

as a result of past events
it is probable that future economic inflows will result
the asset and inflows are capable of reliable measurement
measurement

on initial recognition and on subsequent reporting dates, biological assets should be measured at fair value less estimated
costs to sell, unless.
.. fair value cannot be reliably measured (see below!)
agricultural produce should be measured at fair value less estimated costs to sell at the point of harvest
because harvested produce is a marketable commodity, there is no exception for measurement unreliability
any gain on initial recognition of biological assets at fair value less costs to sell, and any changes during a period in fair value
less costs to sell of biological assets are reported in the statement of profit or loss
similarly, any gain on initial recognition of agricultural produce at fair value less costs to sell should be included in the
statement of profit or loss for the period in which it arises
all costs related to biological assets measured at fair value are recognised as expenses in the period in which they are
incurred with the exception of the purchase cost of those assets
from above, there remains a problem with measurement of a biological asset for which fair value cannot be reliably measured

it is conceivable that, at initial measurement, there is no quoted price in an active market for the biological asset .
. and no alternative appropriate and workable method exists
151
152 Chapter 29

Agriculture
Paper F7
in this case, the asset should be measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses
but the entity must still measure all of its other biological assets at fair value less costs to sell
and if circumstances change and fair value becomes reliably measurable, a switch to fair value less costs to sell is required
guidance on the measurement of fair value

best measure is quoted market price in an active market
if no active market, a marketbased price such as the most recent market price for that type (or similar) asset
if marketbased prices not available, the net present value of related cash flows from that asset, discounted at the entitys
current cost of capital
in rare circumstances, cost may be taken as fair value where there has been little or no change to the biological asset since
acquisition or where such change is not likely to have a material affect on value
the fair value of a biological asset is based on current prices and is not reflective of actual prices agreed in binding sales
contracts requiring delivery at some time in the future
sundry points

change in fair value of biological assets is part due to physical change
(asset is one year older) and part due to market price change
separate disclosure of the two elements is encouraged but not required
fair value measurement stops at harvest. After that, IAS on inventory applies
agricultural land is accounted for under IAS on PPE
but agricultural assets attached to the land (for example fruit trees) are measured separately from the land
intangible agricultural assets (for example milk quotas) are accounted for under IAS intangible assets
government grants unconditionally received in respect of biological assets measured at fair value less costs to sell are
accounted for as income in the period when the grant is receivable
but if the grant is conditional, it shall be recognised as income only when the conditions have been met
this includes grants receivable where an entity is required NOT to engage in agricultural activities
Chapter 29
Agriculture
Paper F7
E xample 1
Numbers prepares financial statements to 30 September each year. On 1 October, 2012 Numbers carried out the following transactions:

Purchased a large piece of land for $47 million

Purchased 10,000 dairy cows (average age at 1 October, 2012 two years) for $2.35 million
Received a grant of $940,000 towards the acquisition of the cows. This grant was nonreturnable
During the year ending 30 September, 2013 Numbers incurred the following costs:

$1,175,000 to maintain the condition of the animals (food and protection).

$705,000 in breeding fees to a local farmer
On 1 April, 2013 5,000 calves were born. There were no other changes in the number of animals during the year ended 30 September,
2013
At 30 September, 2013 Numbers had 10,000 litres of unsold milk in inventory
The milk was sold shortly after the year end at market prices
Information regarding fair values is as follows:
Item
Fair value less point of sale costs

1 October
1 April
30 September
2012
2013
2013
Land ($million)
47
51.7
55.4
New born calves (per calf )
47
49.35
51.7
Six month old calves (per calf )
54.05
56.4
58.15
Two year old cows (per cow)
211.5
216.2
220.9
Three year old cows (per cow)
218.55
223.25
227.95
1.41
1.29
1.29
Milk (per litre)

Required:
(a)
iscuss how the IAS 41 requirements regarding the recognition and measurement of biological assets and agriculD
tural produce are consistent with the IASC Framework for the Preparation and Presentation of Financial Statements.
(8 marks)
(b)
repare extracts from the statement of profit or loss and the statement of financial position that show how the transP
actions entered into by Numbers in respect of the purchase and maintenance of the dairy herd would be reflected in
the financial statements of the entity for the year ended 30 September, 2013. You do not need to prepare a reconciliation of changes in the carrying amount of biological assets.
(17 marks)
153
154 Chapter 29

Agriculture
Paper F7
Paper F7

ANSWERS TO EXAMPLES
Chapter 1
Answer to Example 1
Accruals
Inventory should be included in cost of sales.

The premises should be included in Property, Plant and Equipment and depreciated over their estimated useful life.
Goodwill should be capitalised and reviewed annually for impairment.
Consistency
How has Laima treated similar purchases in the past?
Going Concern
Capitalising the premises and goodwill is only appropriate if Laimas business is likely to continue into the foreseeable
future.
Materiality
Adjust Laimas incorrect treatment of property and goodwill only if their value is material in Laimas business
financial statements.
Offsetting
The expenses and assets should not be offset against revenues and liabilities.
Chapter 2
No Examples
Chapter 3
Answer to Example 1
Statement of Income
Profit for the year from continuing operations
Profit for the period
Other recognised income and expense
Surplus on property revaluation
Impairment loss
421
421
105
(25)
80
501
Brought forward
Profit for the period
Property revaluation
Dividend
Share issue
Share
capital
$000
400
Share
premium
$000
50
Revaluation
surplus
$000
165
Retained
earnings
$000
310
421
80
(98)
200
600
50
100
245
633
Total
$000
925
421
80
(98)
250
1,578
155
156
Paper F7
Answers to Examples
Chapter 4
Answer to Example 1
Ruta Co Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income for the year ended 31 December, 2009
$000
2009
Revenue
640
Cost of sales
(260)
Gross Profit
380
(60)
Distribution costs
(87)
Profit from continuing operations
233
Discontinued operations
(3)
230
$000
2008
480
(215)
265
(48)
(56)
161
(1)
160
Chapter 5
Answer to Example 1
Adomas Statement of Income for the year ended 31 December, 2009
Revenue
Costs and expenses
Profit for the year
2009
$000
2,600
(1,400)
1,200
2008
$000
2,500
(1,200)
1,300
Adomas Statement of Financial Position as at 31 December, 2009

2009
$000
TNCA
Current assets
$1 Equity shares
Retained earnings
Revaluation reserve
Current liabilities
2,300
1,700
4,000
600
2,700
300
3,600
400
4,000
2008
$000
as restated
1,500
800
2,300
600
1,500
2,100
200
2,300
2009
2008
$000
$000
Adomas Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income
300
300
Net profit for period
1,200
800
Total recognised gains and losses
1,500
800
Affect of material error
(500)
Paper F7
Answers to Examples
Adomas Statement of Changes in Equity
Share capital
$000
600
600

Material error
Restated balance
600
Revaluation
reserve
$000
300
300
Retained earnings
$000
2,000
(500)
1,500
$000
2,600
(500)
2,100
300
300
1,200
3,600
1,200
2,700
300
Total
Chapter 6
Answer to Example 1
The investment in Gediminas will be recorded as:

Dr
Investment in Gediminas $3,000
Cr
Cash $3,000
Vytautass Statement of Financial Position will now comprise:
$
Assets
Non-current assets
Plant and equipment
Investment in Gediminas
50,000
3,000
53,000
Current assets
Inventory
Receivables
Cash
8,000
6,000
1,000
15,000
68,000
Equity
$1 Equity shares
Retained earnings
40,000
20,000
60,000
8,000
68,000
Current liabilities
Answer to Example 2
Size of Investment
0% to < 20%
20% to 50%
> 50%
Extent of influence achieved

No significant influence
Significant
Total control
Accounting treatment
As an investment, accounting only for dividends received
As an associate under the Equity Method
Acquisition accounting
Chapter 7
Answer to Example 1
Rasa Group Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as at 1 January, 2009

Other assets
(30 + 20)
$1 Equity shares
Retained earnings
Only Rasa
See note (p34)
Liabilities
(6 + 2)
$
50,000
20,000
22,000
42,000
8,000
50,000
157
158
Paper F7
Answers to Examples
Answer to Example 2
Rasa Group Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as at 31 December, 2009.

$
66,000
Other assets
(40 + 26)
$1 Equity shares
Retained earnings
Only Rasa
((31 + 100% (14 - 10))
Liabilities
(7 + 4)
20,000
35,000
55,000
11,000
66,000
Answer to Example 3
Aurimas Group Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as at 31 December, 2009

$
70,000
Other assets
(40 + 30)
$1 Equity shares
Retained earnings
Only Aurimas
(W3)
Liabilities
Workings
W1
10,000
49,000
59,000
11,000
70,000
A
100%
0
W2
Goodwill
not yet applicable

W3
Consolidated retained earnings

A
42,000
42,000
7,000
49,000
per question
pre acquisition
post acquisition
Aurimas share
O
15,000
(8,000)
7,000
100%
Answer to Example 4
Maruta Group Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as at 1 December, 2009.

Goodwill
Other assets
(W2)
(40 + 27)
$1 Equity shares
Retained earnings
Only Maruta
(W3)
Liabilities
(9 + 7)
Workings
W1
M
100%
L
$
10,000
67,000
77,000
25,000
36,000
61,000
16,000
77,000
Paper F7
Answers to Examples
W2 Goodwill
Cost of investment
Net assets @ doa
$1 Equity shares
Retained earnings
30,000
15,000
5,000
20,000
10,000
Goodwill
W3

M
36,000
36,000
36,000
per question
pre acquisition
post acquisition
Ms share
L
5,000
(5,000)
100%
Answer to Example 5
Remigijus Group Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as at 31 March, 2010.

$
11,000
250,000
261,000
50,000
118,500
32,500
201,000
60,000
261,000
Goodwill (W2)
Other assets (100 + 150)
$1 Equity shares
Retained earnings (W3)
NCI (W4)
Liabilities (40 + 20)
W1
R
75%
I
W2
25%
Goodwill
Cost of investment
NCI investment valuation
NA @ DOA
$1 Equity shares
Ret earnings
80,000
23,000
103,000
32,000
60,000
92,000
11,000
Goodwill
W3

per q
- pre acq
... post acq
our share
R
90,000
28,500
118,500
I
98,000
60,000
38,000
75%
159
160
Paper F7
Answers to Examples
W4
NCI (25%)
Value @ doa
Share of S post acq retd 25% x 38,000
23,000
9,500
32,500
32,500
Less their share of impairment none, originally valued on a proportional basis
Answer to Example 6
$
33,000
250,000
283,000
70,000
132,000
81,000
283,000
Goodwill (W2)
Other net assets (60 + 190)
$1 Equity shares
NC Interest (W4)
W1
I
60%
G
W2
40%
Goodwill
Cost of investment
Nci investment valuation ((40% x 120) + 5)
Net assets @ doa
$1 Equity shares
Retained earnings
100,000
53,000
153,000
80,000
40,000
120,000
33,000
Goodwill
W3

per q
- pre acq
... post acq
our share
W4
Ivona
90,000
42,000
132,000
NCI (40%)
Value @ doa
Share of S post acq retd 40% (110,000 - 40,000)
Guido
110,000
(40,000)
70,000
60%
53,000
28,000
81,000
Paper F7
Answers to Examples
Answer to Example 7
$
35,000
250,000
285,000
70,000
132,000
83,000
285,000
Goodwill (W2)
Other net assets (60 + 190)
$1 Equity shares
NC Interest (W4)
W1
I
60%
G
W2
40%
Goodwill
Cost of investment
Nci investment valuation
Net assets @ doa
$1 Equity shares
Retained earnings
100,000
55,000
155,000
80,000
40,000
120,000
35,000
Goodwill
W3

per q
- pre acq
... post acq
our share
W4
NCI (40%)
Value @ doa
Share of S post acq retd 40% (110,000 - 40,000)
Ivona
90,000
42,000
132,000
Guido
110,000
40,000
70,000
60%
55,000
28,000
83,000
Answer to Example 8
Goodwill (W2)
$1 Equity shares
Nci (W4)
$
32,800
250,000
282,800
70,000
132,000
80,800
282,800
161
162
Paper F7
Answers to Examples
W1
No change
W2
Goodwill
Cost of investment
Nci investment valuation 40% x 80,000 x $1.65
100,000
52,800
152,800
Net assets @ doa

$1 Equity shares
Retained earnings
80,000
40,000
120,000
32,800
Goodwill
W3
No change
W4
NCI (40%)
Value @ doa
Share of S post acq retd 40% 70,000
52,800
28,000
80,800
Answer to Example 9
Ivona / Guido (1) impairing goodwill

Goodwill
Other net assets
$1 Equity shares
Retained earnings
NC Interest
W1
No change
W2
Goodwill
Goodwill as calculated
Impair by 10%
W3
(W2)
(W3)
(W4)
35,000
3,500
31,500

As calculated
Less goodwill impairment, Ivonas share only (60% 3,500)
W4
$
31,500
250,000
281,500
70,000
129,900
81,600
281,500
NCI (40%)
Value @ doa
Share of post acq retained (40% 70,000)
Less: share of impairment (40% 3,500)
132,000
(2,100)
129,900
55,000
28,000
83,000
1,400
81,600
Paper F7
Answers to Examples
Answer to Example 10
Robertas Group Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as at 31 December, 2009.

$
42,000
17,000
59,000
5,000
41,875
7,625
54,500
4,500
59,000
TNCA (12 + 30)

$1 Equity shares
NC Interest (W4)
Liabilities (1 + 3.5)
W1
R
75%
I
W2
25%
Goodwill
Cost of investment
Net assets @ doa
$1 Equity shares
Premium
Ret ears b/f
7 months profit
W3
15,000
7,000
22,000
3,000
1,500
20,000
3,500
Goodwill
per question
pre acquisition
post acquisition
our share
Goodwill
W4
Nci (25%)
Value @ doa
28,000
(6,000) to S of CI
R
34,000
34,000
1,875
35,875
6,000
41,875
I
26,000
(23,500)
2,500
75%
7,000
625
7,625
163
164
Paper F7
Answers to Examples
Answer to Example 11
Dalius Group Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as at 31 December, 2009.

INCA
Non-depreciable non-current
Depreciable non-current
Other assets
(350 + 300)
$1 Equity shares
Retained earnings
NC Interest
D Only
(W3)
(W4)
Liabilities
(40 + 70)
W1
$
99,500
15,000
18,000
650,000
782,500
200,000
393,600
78,900
672,500
110,000
782,500
(W2)
D
70%
R
W2
30%
Goodwill
Cost of investment
Net assets @ doa
$1 Equity shares
Retained earnings
Fair value adjustments
Inventory
Depreciable non-current
250,000
64,500
314,500
130,000
20,000
20,000
15,000
30,000
215,000
99,500
W3

per question
Fair value adjustments as at today
Inventory
Depreciable non-current (2 years after acquisition) 30,000 60%
Dalius
360,000
15,000
Less pre -acq
W4
Daliuss share
CSFP
Nci (30%)
Ramuna
100,000
33,600
393,600
Value @ doa
18,000
133,000
85,000
48,000
70%
64,500
14,400
78,900
Paper F7
Answers to Examples
Chapter 8
Answer to Example 1
Jurate Group Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as at 31 December, 2009.

TNCA
CA
Inventory
Receivables
Cash
$
550,000
(400 + 150)
(70 + 50 + 10)
(80 + 70)
(30 + 30 + 20)
130,000
150,000
80,000
360,000
910,000
$1 Equity shares
Retained earnings
NC Interest
J Only
(W3)
(W4)
Liabilities
(110 + 10)
W1
500,000
221,000
69,000
790,000
120,000
910,000
J
70%
D
W2
30%
Goodwill
Cost of investment
Net assets @ doa
$1 Equity shares
Retained earnings
140,000
60,000
200,000
200,000
200,000
No Goodwill
W3

per question
less pre-acq
post acq
Jurates share
W4
Jurate
200,000
21,000
221,000
Dovile
30,000
30,000
70%
NC Interest (30%)
Value @ doa
60,000
9,000
69,000
165
166
Paper F7
Answers to Examples
Answer to Example 2
Petras Group Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as at 31 December, 2009.

$000
TNCA
CA
Inventory
Other current assets
(500 + 250)
(130 + 70 - 12)
(100 + 60)
$1 Equity shares
Retained earnings
NC Interest
P Only
(W3)
(W4)
Liabilities
(130 + 30)
W1
$000
750
188
160
348
1,098
450
403.5
84.5
938
160
1,098
P
75%
S
W2
25%
Goodwill
Cost of investment
Net assets @ doa
$1 Equity shares
Retained earnings
150,000
50,000
200,000
200,000
200,000
No Goodwill
Provision for Unrealised Profit calculation (PUP)
C + = SP
100 + 25 = ?
= 125
So 25125 or 15 is the profit element
15 60,000 = 12,000 pup.
Reduce inventory and SIGNES retained earnings.
W3

Per question
Less pup
Less pre acq
post acq
Ps share
W4
Petras
300,000
103,500
403,500
Signe
150,000
(12,000)
138,000
138,000
75%
Nci (25%)
Value @ doa
Share of post acq retd 25% x 138,000 (net of pup)
50,000
34,500
84,500
Paper F7
Answers to Examples
Answer to Example 3
Linas Group Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as at 31 December, 2009.

TNCA
Current assets
(400 - 5 + 240)
(440 + 510)
$1 Equity shares
Retained earnings
NC Interest
L Only
(W3)
(W4)
Current liabilities
(200 + 30)
W1
$000
635
950
1,585
300
767
288
1,355
230
1,585
L
60%
A
W2
40%
Goodwill
Cost
Net assets @ doa
$1 Equity shares
Retained earnings
160,000
158,000
318,000
120,000
275,000
395,000
(77,000)
Goodwill
Pup calculation
Asset cost
Acc dep
Sold for
Pup of 10,000
Dep for 2009
... excess dep is
W3
90,000
40,000
5,000
45,000

Per question
Less pup
Excess depreciation
Less pre acq
post acq
Linass share
Plus goodwill
W4
200,000
120,000
80,000
NC Interest (40%)
Value @ doa
Linas
500,000
(10,000)
5,000
495,000
195,000
690,000
77,000
767,000
158,000
130,000
288,000
Asta
600,000
(275,000)
325,000
60%
167
168
Paper F7
Answers to Examples
Answer to Example 4
Laimonas Group Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

INCA
TNCA
Current assets
(W2)
(23 + 16)
(36 + 64)
$1 Equity shares
Retained earnings
NC Interest
L Only
(W3)
(W4)
Current liabilities
NCI prop div.
Proposed dividend
(9 + 10)
W1
$
1,100
39,000
100,000
140,100
60,000
38,040
6,060
104,100
19,000
1,000
16,000
140,100
(for L)
L
90%
K
W2
10%
Goodwill
Cost of investment
Net assets @ doa
$1 Equity shares
Retained earnings
W3
20,000
30,000
50,000
5,500
(4,400)
1,100
Goodwill
Impaired since acquisition 80% x 5,500
CS of FP
per q
divs pble
divs rble
less pre acq
post acq
Laimonas share
Less: Ls share of goodwill impairment 90% x 4,400
W4
50,000
5,500
55,500
Laimonas
40,000
(16,000)
9,000
33,000
9,000
42,000
(3,960)
38,040
Kristine
50,000
(10,000)
40,000
30,000
10,000
90%
NC Interest (10%)
Value at doa
Less goodwill impairment 10% x 4,400
on CSFP
5,500
1,000
6,500
(440)
6,060
Paper F7
Answers to Examples
Chapter 9
Answer to Example 1
Ausra Group Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as at 31 October, 2011.

$
37,500
433,000
470,500
INCA (W2)
TNCA (260 + 200 27)
Inventory (100 + 50 5.85)
Receivables (90 + 80 6.5 + 1.8 1.8 11.5)
Cash (5 + 6.5 + 36)
144,150
152,000
47,500
343,650
814,150
$1 Equity shares (100 + 20)

Share premium 30 + (20 x 3.30)
NC Interest (W4)
120,000
96,000
194,275
43,025
453,300
3% Debentures (30 + 80)

Deferred cash (30 + 3 - 1.25)
110,000
31,750
141,750
595,050
Current Liabilities
Creditors (116 + 102 11.5)
Dividend payable
NCI prop div
206,500
12,000
600
219,100
814,150
W1 A
5m
pre
75%
D

7m
post
25%
Profit split for Danute

profit for the year per question
profit on TNCA transfer
Normal profits
Split 5 : 7
TNCA transfer profit
Inventory fair value adjustment
60,000
(36,000)
24,000
10,000
10,000
12,000
22,000
14,000
36,000
50,000
(12,000)
38,000
169
170
Paper F7
Answers to Examples
W2 Goodwill
Cost of acquisition
Share capital 75% x 40,000 x 2/3 x 1 x $4.30
86,000
Deferred cash payment 75% x 40,000 x 2/2 x $1.21 x 1/1.10 x 1/1.10
30,000
Cash payment 75% x 40,000 x 2 x $0.60
36,000
Value of nci investment 25% x 40,000 x 2 x $2.20
44,000
196,000
Fair value of SNA @ DOA

Share capital
40,000
Share premium
20,000
retained earnings brought forward
64,000
retained earnings 5 months
22,000
146,000
Goodwill
5,000
Impaired since acquisition 25%
(12,500)
37,500
#2
Pup on TNCA
Profit recognised by Danute
36,000
Depreciation on TNCA unrealised profit
(9,000)
27,000 Pup in Danute
#3
Pup on Inventory
Cost
profit
selling price
30%
=
profit element in closing inventory is 30%
100%
30% x 26,000 x 3/4

#4
In Ausra
5,850 in Ausra
Cash
6,500
Receivables
6,500

and then cancel
$11,500 receivables in Ausra against
$11,500 payables in Danute
#7 Dividends
In Ausra
120,000 x 10c
In Danute 40,000 x 2 x 3c
of which Ausra wants to receive 75% ie
#8
dividend payable
2,400 dividend payable
1,800 dividend receivable
and now cancel
1,800 receivable by Ausra
against
1,800 of the 2,400 payable by Danute
Nci investment
25% x 40,000 x 2 x $2.20
$44,000
Paper F7
Answers to Examples
W3 Consolidated Retained Earnings

per question
Ausra
Danute
215,000
124,000
pup on TNCA
(27,000)
pup on Inventory
(5,850)
unrolled discount on deferred consideration
(1,750)
dividends payable
dividends receivable
(12,000)
(2,400)
1,800
197,200
pre acquisition
94,600
(86,000)
Post-acquisition
8,600
75%
our share
6,450
203,650
Less goodwill impairment (just our share 75% 12,500)
(9,375)
194,275
W4 Non controlling interest

Value at date of acquisition
Share of post acquisition retained 25% x 8,600
Share of goodwill impairment since acquisition 25% 12,500
44,000
2,150
46,150
(3,125)
43,025
Chapter 10
Answer to Example 1
Mantas Group Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income for the year ended 31 December,
2009.
$
Revenue
(26 + 12)
38,000
(10 + 7)
17,000
Profit before tax
21,000
Income tax expense
(6 +1.5)
7,500
Profit after tax
13,500 *
(700)
NCI 20% x 3,500
12,800
Dividend Mantas only
5,000
7,800
Proof
M own
+
Ms share of Rs post acq retd 80% 1,000
* Of this amount, 700 relates to the NC interest and 12,800 relates to the members of Mantas.
7,000
800
7,800
171
172
Paper F7
Answers to Examples
Answer to Example 2
Lina Group Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income for the year ended 31 December,
2009.
$
Revenue
(40 + 30 - 4)
66,000
(27 + 16 - 4)
39,000
Profit before tax
27,000
Taxation
(4.8 +4.2)
9,000
Profit after tax
18,000 *
* Of this amount, 3,920 relates to the NC interest and 14,080 relates to the members of Lina
Answer to Example 3
Karolis Group Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income for the year ended 31 May, 2009.
$
Revenue
(60 + 55 14)
101,000
49,867
(32 + 30 14 + 1,867)
Profit before tax
51,133
Income tax expense
(10 + 7)
17,000
Profit after tax
34,133 *
* Of this amount, 8,100 relates to the non-controlling interest and 26,033 relates to the members of Karolis.
Working
Pup on inventory
Cost + Profit = Selling Price
60 + 40 = 100
So profit on the transfer was 40% 14,000 = 5,600
One third is still in inventory
So we need a pup of 13 5,600 in Karolis Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income ie 1,867
Reduce Karolis inventory by 1,867 by increasing Ks cost of sales and ... reduce Ks profits.
Answer to Example 4
Viktorija Group Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income for the year ended 30 September,
2009.
$
Revenue
(90 + 100 - 30)
160,000
(32 + 40 - 30 + 2.7)
44,700
Profit before tax
115,300
Taxation
(20 + 18)
38,000
Profit after tax
77,300 *
* Of this amount, 15,720 relates to the NC interest and 61,580 relates to the members of Viktorija.
Answer to Example 5
Didzis Group Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income for the year ended 30 June, 2009.
$
Revenue
(300 + 160)
460,000
Cost of sales
(192 + 105 + 9,125)
306,125
Gross profit
153,875
Distribution costs
(18 + 10)
28,000
(14 + 17)
31,000
59,000
Profit before tax
94,875
Income tax expense
(21 + 16)
37,000
Profit after tax
57,875 *
* Of this amount, 3,000 relates to the non-controlling interest and 54,875 relates to the members of Didzis.
Paper F7
Answers to Examples
W1
Structure
D
75%
A
W2
25%
Goodwill
Cost of investment
Net assets @ doa
$1 Equity shares
Retained earnings
65,000
9,500
74,500
20,000
18,000
38,000
36,500
(27,375)
9,125
Goodwill
Impaired b/f
Impaired this year
W3a Retained earnings brought forward
per question
pre acq
post acq
Ds share
goodwill impaired
Didzis
174,000
14,250
188,250
27,375
160,875
Ansis
37,000
(18,000)
19,000
75%
W3b Retained earnings carried forward

per question
div rble
pre acq
post acq
Ds share
goodwill impaired 100% D (nci valued on a proportionate basis)
Didzis
212,000
6,000
17,250
235,250
36,500
198,750
Ansis
41,000
(18,000)
23,000
75%
W4a Nci (25%) brought forward

Value @ doa
share of S post acq retd 25% x 19,000
W4
9,500
4,750
14,250
Nci (25%)
Value @ doa
share of S post acq retd 25% x 23,000
9,500
5,750
15,250
W4b NC interest (25%)

As profit after tax
NC Interest share 25% 12,000
12,000
3,000
173
174
Paper F7
Answers to Examples
Answer to Example 6
Lasma Group Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income for the year ended 31 August 2009
Revenue
Profit before tax
Income tax expense
Profit after tax
$000
17,291.7
9,158.3
8,133.4
2,245
5,888.4 *
15,600 + 712 2,900

8,400 + 712 1,300
2,000 + 712 420
* Of this amount, 68.8 (1,180 7/12 10%) relates to the non-controlling interest and 5,819.6 relates to the members of Lasma.
Chapter 11
Answer to Example 1
Laura Group Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as at 31 December, 2009.

$
9,250
180,000
189,250
Investment in Associate (W5)

Other assets
Total assets
$1 Equity shares
70,000
104,250
174,250
15,000
189,250
Liabilities
W1
35%
100%
Subsids
W3

per question
pre acq
post acq
Ls share
Laura
99,000
5,250
104,250
Gunta
18,000
(3,000)
15,000
35%
W5A Investment in Associate

Cost
Share of post acq retd 35% (18 3)
4,000
5,250
9,250
Paper F7
Answers to Examples
Answer to Example 2
Maris Group Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income for the year ended 31 December,
2009.
$
Revenue
18,000
Cost of sales
(9,500)
Gross profit
8,500
Expenses
(2,900)
5,600
Finance income
1,010
Finance cost
(700)
5,910
Groups share of associate profit after tax (28% 2,300)
644
Profit before tax
6,554
Taxation
(2,000)
Profit after tax
4,554
Chapter 12
No examples
Chapter 13
Answer to Example 1
(a)
At the end of year 1

If the contract is not sufficiently advanced that the outcome is capable of estimation with reasonable certainty, then the percentage
completed will be applied to revenues and costs will be the same amount, thereby recognising no profit.
If the contract is sufficiently advanced (say 30%) then it would be appropriate to recognise 30% of the $1 million contract value
and 30% of the total estimated costs
If the contract is so far advanced (say 57%) that the probability of earning the additional $300,000 is high, then there is a case for
recognising also a proportion of the $300,000. It really would only be appropriate if the probability was virtually certain. This may
be viewed in either of two ways:
Either
57% $1,300,000
Less 57% total estimated costs
741,000
(x)
?
or
57% $1,000,000
+
95% $300,000
Less 57% total estimated costs
(b)
570,000
285,000
855,000
(x)
?
The bonus of $100,000 would be ignored in all circumstances, until received on completion (if at all!)
At the end of year 2
If the contract is not sufficiently advanced that the outcome is capable of estimation with reasonable certainty, then revenues and
costs will be recognised but no profit.
If the contract is sufficiently advanced, (say 40%) then it would be appropriate to recognise 40% of the $1 million contract value
and 40% of the total estimated costs.
If the contract is 60% advanced, (say 65%) then it would be appropriate to recognise 65% of $1 million plus 100% of $300,000,
and 65% of total estimated costs.
The bonus of $100,000 would be ignored in all circumstances, until received on completion (if at all!)
175
176
Paper F7
Answers to Examples
Answer to Example 2

Revenue recognised
Costs recognised
Profit recognised
$
550,000
412,500
137,500
55% 1,000,000
(55% (400,000 + 350,000)

Costs to date
Attributable profit (from above)
Less amounts invoiced
400,000
137,500
537,500
500,000
37,500
Amounts invoiced
Amounts received
Amounts due from customers (Accounts Receivable)
500,000
470,000
30,000
Answer to Example 3

$
720,000
Revenue recognised 60% 1,200,000

Costs recognised period specific
general (60% 850,000)
200,000
510,000
(710,000)
10,000
Profit recognised
Costs to date
Amounts due to customers
750,000
10,000
760,000
790,000
(30,000)
Amounts invoiced
Amounts received
790,000
700,000
90,000
Answer to Example 4

Revenue recognised
Costs recognised (balancing figure)
Loss recognised
Costs to date
Attributable loss (from above)
(65% 500,000)
$
325,000
(375,000)
(50,000)
Amounts invoiced
300,000
(50,000)
250,000
(270,000)
(20,000)
Amounts invoiced
Amounts received
270,000
(240,000)
30,000
Paper F7
Answers to Examples
Answer to Example 5

Year 1
$
300,000
(280,000)
20,000
Year 2
$
350,000
(510,000)
(160,000)
Year 3
$
550,000
(200,000)
350,000
40,000
230,000
50,000
50,000
-
Year 1
$
300,000
(40,000)
(240,000)
20,000
Year 2
$
650,000
(40,000)
(750,000)
(140,000)
Year 3
$
1,200,000
(190,000)
(800,000)
210,000
340,000
20,000
360,000
390,000
(30,000)
540,000
(140,000)
400,000
610,000
(210,000)
990,000
210,000
1,200,000
1,150,000
50,000
390,000
400,000
(10,000)
610,000
630,000
(20,000)
1,150,000
1,100,000
50,000
Revenue recognised
Costs recognised
Profit/(Loss) recognised
Workings
Revenue recognised
Costs recognised specific
general
Profit/(Loss) recognised
Costs to date
Amounts due from/(to) customers
Amounts invoiced
Amounts received
For the Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income, the figures in the workings are cumulative. So, for each years details,
it is necessary to deduct the cumulative amount brought forward in order to arrive at the current years figures.
Chapter 14
No examples
Chapter 15
Answer to Example 1
(a)
Yes, a legal obligation under the purchase contract
(b)
Give notice, and buy the cloth for 2

more months and produce
Cost 2 900 $7
Labour cost 2 900/3 $4
Give notice, buy the cloth, and

sell immediately
12,600 2 900 $7
Cancel the contract

without notice
12,600 2 $700
1,400
2,400
15,000
Sell 2 300 dresses $22
13,200 Sell 2 900 $6.25
11,250
Loss
(1,800) Loss
(1,350) Loss
(1,400)
There is therefore an unavoidable loss of $1,350. This should be provided for in the Statement of Financial Position and expensed
through the Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income. In the Notes to the Financial Statements, there should
be an explanation of the circumstances and the uncertainties concerning timings, amounts and assumptions
177
178
Paper F7
Answers to Examples
Answer to Example 2
(a) There is neither a legal nor constructive obligation, because no obligating event has yet occurred. The directors could change their
minds, and decide to keep the Kaunas factory open. Therefore, no provision is appropriate.
(b) There is a detailed plan, the impact of which has been communicated to suppliers and the workforce. Paulius has therefore raised
the valid expectation in the minds of those affected. Although not a legal obligation, there is a constructive obligation arising from
some past event, involving the probable outflow of economic resource. A provision is therefore appropriate in the amount which
represents the best estimate of the costs of closing the Kaunas factory.
Answer to Example 3
If she has a 42% chance of losing, then she must have a 58% chance of winning. It is, therefore, not probable that she has an obligation.
No provision would be appropriate.
However, there is a possible obligation, arising from some past event, which may involve the outflow of economic resource.
The appropriate treatment in Justinas financial statements for the year ended 31 August, 2009 would therefore seem to be to treat the
matter as a contingent liability. This involves

a disclosure note of the past event,

the legal action outstanding,

an explanation of the uncertainties upon which the outcome depends, and

an estimate of the costs, were she to lose the case
Answer to Example 4
(a)
$130,000 is a certain liability. It should be provided for on her Statement of Financial Position and expensed through the
Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income for the year ended 31 December, 2009.
(b)
It is more likely than not that Seimas will pass the new legislation. When it is passed, Ginta will have to pay to clear her
mining sites, so an outflow of economic resource will probably occur arising from some past event, her mining activities. A
provision would therefore seem appropriate. If she is unable to measure reliably the probable cost, then the matter should
be treated as a contingent liability.
(c)
Ginta has no obligation here. If faced with costs necessary to change her mining processes, she has the option to cease her
mining activities. Any estimate of costs involved in the change are irrelevant, since there is no obligation arising from a past
event. Any obligation lies in the future, and provision should not be made for the costs of future events.
Chapter 16
Answer to Example 1
Fair value
Deposit
yr 1 int
1
yr 2 int
2
yr 3 int
3
17,500
460
17,040
1,704
18,744
3,500
15,244
1,524
16,768
3,500
13,268
1,327
14,595
3,500
11,095
Paper F7
Answers to Examples
Answer to Example 3
Giedrius
1.1.09
Fair value
16,000
Deposit
(1,152)
14,848
Interest to 30.6.09
14,848 10% 6/12
742
15,590
Paid 30.6.09
1,500
14,090
Interest to 31.12.09
14,080 10% 6/12
705
14,795
Paid 31.12.09
1,500
13,295
Interest to 30.6.10
13,295 10% 6/12
665
13,960
Paid 30.6.10
1,500
12,460
12,460 10% 6/12
623
13,083
Paid 31.12.10
1,500
11,583
Extracts from the Financial Statements

TNCA (16,000 2,286)
Current liabilities
Obligations under finance leases (13,295 11,583)
13,714
11,583
1,712

Depreciation (16,000 / 7)
Finance lease interest (742 + 705)
$
2,286
1,447
Notes
Accounting policy
Depreciation
Depreciation is charged on a straight line basis on tangible non-current assets in order to write them off over their estimated useful lives.
In the case of assets acquired under finance lease, depreciation is charged in order to write off the asset over the lease term.
179
180
Paper F7
Answers to Examples

Finance lease interest is calculated using the rate of interest implicit in the lease.
Non-current assets
Cost brought forward
Additions
Disposals
Cost carried forward
Depreciation brought forward
Charge for the year
On disposals
Depreciation carried forward
Obligations under finance leases falling due more than 12 months hence
Asset held under finance

lease
16,000
16,000
2,286
2,286
13,714
11,583
Reconciliation of Obligations under Finance Leases with the present value of the minimum lease payments
Payable within 1 year
Payable more than 1 year, less than 5 years
Payable more than 5 years
Less: finance lease interest not yet accrued
Giedruola
gross
or
3,000
12,000
3,000
18,000
4,705
13,295
net
2,790
8,793
1,712
13,295
Fair value
16,000
Deposit
1,910
14,090
Interest to 30.6.09
705
14,795
Paid 1.7.09
1,500
13,295
665
13,960
Paid 1.1.10
1,500
12,460
Interest to 30.6.10
623
13,083
Paid 1.7.10
1,500
11,583
579
12,162
Paid 1.1.11
1,500
10,662
Paper F7
Answers to Examples
Extracts from the Financial Statements

TNCA (16,000 2,286)
Current liabilities
Obligations under finance leases (13,295 11,583)
Finance lease interest accrued
13,714
11,583
1,712
665

Depreciation
$
2,286
1,370
(16,000 / 7)
(705 + 665)
Notes
Accounting policy - same as Giedris
TNCA
- same as Giedris
Obligations under finance leases falling more than 12 months hence
11,583
Reconciliation of Obligations under Finance Leases with the present value of the minimum lease payments
gross
Payable within 1 year
3,000
Payable more than 1 year, less than 5 years
12,000
Payable more than 5 years
3,000
18,000
Less: finance lease interest not yet accrued
4,705
13,295
or
13,295
Chapter 17
Answer to Example 1
Date
1.1.08
Cumulative Borrowing
Invested
Spent
$M
$M
$M
100
50
50
20
30
90
50
30
60
90
20
90
28.2.08
1.4.08
220
31.5.08
31.8.08
300
1.11.08
work suspended
1.1.09
work restarted
28.2.09
work completed
net
2,790
8,793
1,712
181
182
Paper F7
Answers to Examples
Cost of completing the project
Borrowing costs
January to March
April to August
September to October
January to February

300,000,000
100 12 0.07
220 12 0.07
300 12 0.07
300 12 0.07
1,750,000
6,416,666
3,500,000
3,500,000
15,166,666
Investment income
January to February
March
April to May
June to August
September to October
50 12 0.05
20 12 0.05
90 12 0.05
30 12 0.05
90 12 0.05
416,666
83,333
750,000
375,000
750,000
2,375,000
Capitalised borrowing costs

Carrying value immediately before sale
12,791,666
$312,791,666
Chapter 18
Answer to Example 1

Royalty receivable
Profit
Tax current

deferred
Profit after tax
Deferred tax liability
2009
$ 000
700
60
760
(175)
(15)
570
15
2010
$ 000
700
700
(190)
15
525
2011
$
2,500,000
(200,000)
2,300,000
625,000
(50,000)
1,725,000
-
Total
$
6,600,000
(600,000)
6,000,000
1,500,000
4,500,000
Answer to Example 2
Profit before depreciation

Depreciation
Profit
Tax current (Wl)

deferred (W2)
2009
$
1,800,000
(200,000)
1,600,000
300,000
100,000
1,200,000
100,000
2010
$
2,300,000
(200,000)
2,100,000
575,000
(50,000)
1,575,000
50,000
The temporary difference in this example is the difference between the carrying value of the asset (net book value) and its tax written
down value after deducting the tax allowances.
(W1) Income Tax working
Profit before depreciation

Tax allowances
At 25%
2009
$
1,800,000
600,000
1,200,000
300,000
2010
$
2,300,000
2,300,000
575,000
2011
$
2,500,000
2,500,000
625,000
Paper F7
Answers to Examples
(W2) Deferred tax working

Book value
Tax written down value
400,000
400,000
100,000
At 25%
200,000
200,000
50,000
Answer to Example 3
Revaluation
Carrying value
342,000
Revalued to
600,000
258,000
less deferred tax
Deferred tax
37,500
Revaluation reserve
220,500
Revalued amount
600,000
Tax written down value
450,000
Temporary difference
150,000
@ 25%
37,500
Deferred tax
Answer to Example 4
2009
$000
660
(160)
500
165
(40)
375
40

Warranties
Tax current

deferred
Profit after tax
Deferred tax asset
2010
$000
660
660
125
40
495
-
The temporary difference is equivalent to the difference between the Statement of Financial Position accrual for warranties and the tax
base of the warranty payments liability which is nil in 2009, because nothing has yet been paid.
Chapter 19
Answer to Example 1
T Accounts
PPE A/c
b/f
Revaluation
Therefore cash
960
250
220
1,430
Disposals
c/f
110
1,320
1,430
183
184
Paper F7
Answers to Examples

PPE Acc Dep A/c
Disposals
c/f
b/f
390
Therefore dep.
200
590
70
520
590
Disposals A/c
Cost of disposals
110
... Gain on disposals
7
117
Dep on disposals
Proceeds
70
47
117
Schedules
Cost
Brought forward
Increased by revaluation
Decreased by disposal
Carried forward
Therefore purchased
Depreciation
Brought forward
Decreased by disposal
Carried forward
Therefore charge for year
Disposal
Net book value disposed of
Proceeds
Therefore profit on disposal
Statements of Cash Flows extracts
Operating activities
Add back depreciation
Less profits on disposal
Investing activities
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
Proceeds of sale of property, plant and equipment
960,000
250,000
1,210,000
110,000
1,100,000
1,320,000
220,000
390,000
70,000
320,000
520,000
200,000
40,000
47,000
7,000
200
(7)
(220)
47
Paper F7
Answers to Examples
Answer to Example 2
c/f

Share Capital A/c
58,000
58,000
b/f
Bonus
35,000
5,000
Therefore new issue
18,000
58,000
Share Premium A/c
c/f
29,700
29,700
b/f
17,600
Therefore new issue
12,100
29,700
Schedules
Share capital
Brought forward
Increased by bonus issue
Carried forward
Therefore new issue
35,000
5,000
40,000
58,000
18,000
Share premium
Brought forward
Carried forward
Therefore premium on new issue
17,600
29,700
12,100
Cash proceeds from the issue of shares is therefore 18,000 + 12,100 ie $30,100
Answer to Example 3
Int Payable A/c
Therefore cash
273,000
b/f
c/f
18,000
291,000
SOCI
74,000
217,000
291,000
Obligations under finance leases A/c

Cash paid
c/f
9,000
Fair value
?
1,800
Finance lease interest A/c

Transfer from Obligations a/c
1,800
SOCI
1,800
185
186
Paper F7
Answers to Examples
Schedules
Interest
Int liability b/f
Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income - interest for the year
74,000
217,000
291,000
18,000
273,000
less liability c/f

Therefore paid
Obligations
Fair value b/f
Reduced by (incorrectly)
?
9,000
?
1,800
?
Add back the interest element

Obligations c/f
Statement of Cash Flows extracts
Operating activities
Add back interest charged
Less interest paid
Finance lease interest paid
Financing activities
Obligations under finance leases paid
Answer to Example 4
217,000
(273,000)
(1,800)
(7,200)
Taxation A/c
Therefore paid
430
c/f
390
820
b/f
SOCI
420
400
820
Schedules
Taxation liability b/f
Increased by charge for the year
420
400
820
390
430
less liability c/f

Therefore paid
Answer to Example 5
paid
paid
c/f
Dividend payable A/c

831
600
915
2,346
b/f
SOCI
831
1,515
2,346
Schedule
Dividend liability b/f
Increased by interim dividend
Increased by final dividend
less liability c/f
831
600
915
2,346
915
1,431
Paper F7
Answers to Examples
Answer to Example 6
Zita Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended 31 December, 2009
$000
amortisation
interest charge

movement in provision

loss on disposal of assets
Decrease in inventory
Increase in receivables
Decrease in payables
Interest paid
Dividend paid
Taxation paid
Purchase of TNCA
Purchase of INCA
Proceeds of asset disposal
Purchase of investments
Proceeds of share issue (125 + 103)
Proceeds of debenture issue
Net cash flow from financing activities
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at start of the year
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year (17 + 32 60)
$000
723
50
43
110
23
6
955
82
(92)
(12)
(22)
933
(40)
(140)
(228)
(408)
525
(200)
(641)
103
(239)
(977)
(452)
228
132
360
(92)
81
(11)
Note 1 Property, plant and equipment

During the year, the entity bought property, plant and equipment at a cost of $200,000. There were no acquisitions in the year
under finance lease agreements.
Note 2 Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand, balances at banks and investments in Treasury Bills. The figure for cash and cash
equivalents in the Statement of Cash Flows comprises the following Statement of Financial Position amounts:

Investment in Treasury Bills
2009
$000
17
32
49
2008
$000
81
81
187
188
Paper F7
Answers to Examples
Answer to Example 7
(a)
Indirect method
$000
430
84
(15)
499
Profit before tax

Less profit on disposal of asset
Changes in working capital
Increase in inventory
Decrease in receivables
(b)
(129)
134
(72)
(67)
432

Direct method
Cash received from customers (W1)
Cash paid to suppliers and for expenses (W2)
3,050
(2,495)
555
(123)
432
Cash paid to employees

Workings
W1 Cash received from customers
Receivables A/c
b/f
Sales
625
2,933
Bad debts
c/f
... Cash
17
491
3,050
3,558
3,558
Schedule
Receivables b/f
Increased by sales
625
2,933
3,558
17
3,541
491
3,050
Reduced by bad debt w/o

Receivables c/f
Therefore cash received
W2
Cash paid to suppliers for goods and expenses

First we need to find cost of goods purchased by reconstructing the cost of sales figure
Opening inventory
Purchases
Less closing inventory
Cost of sales
518
?
2,395
(647)
1,748
Purchases of goods is therefore
1,877
Payables A/c
Therefore cash
2,495
c/f
329
2,824
b/f
purchases
admin W3
distribution
401
1,877
108
438
2,824
Paper F7
Answers to Examples
Schedule
b/f
Increased by goods purchased
Admin costs
Distribution costs
401
1,877
108
438
2,824
(329)
2,495
c/f
W3
per Q
less depreciation
less employee costs
less bad debts w/o
add back profit on asset disposal
317
84
233
123
110
17
93
15
108
not cash
shown separately
not cash
not cash
Chapter 20
Answer to Example 1
Benefits for users of Financial Statements from ratio analysis:

(a) Shareholders

assess management performance

use the results when making a decision to buy, or sell, shares in the entity

compare the return on their investment with some benchmark, for example the rate of interest offered by banks
(b) Potential investors

identify a better yield were they to invest in the entity as compared with any current yield which they are at present
enjoying

see the opportunity for acquisition of the entity in order to achieve a greater market share, or enjoy economies of
scale
(c) Banks and other capital providers

assess financial strength

decide whether the entity is capable of servicing existing, or increased, levels of loans and borrowings
(d) Employees

assess the results of their efforts

use the ratios as a basis for rate of pay negotiations
(e) Management

identify areas where improvements could be made

use the ratios to defend against rate of pay increases!

compare their own performance with the industry average or with the performance of competitors
(f ) Suppliers

decide whether to advance further credit to the entity

assess whether the entity is a going concern
(g) Government

use the results for statistical purposes

determine whether, for example, the tax revenues from the entity are realistic.
189
190
Paper F7
Answers to Examples
Answer to Example 2
To:
From:
Date:
Elchin
Ann Alyste
23 February 2010
Subject:
Analysis of Aurelijas Financial Statements 2008 and 2009
Introduction
1.1 This report analyses, with the use of ratios, the performance and financial position of Aurelija. Ratio calculations can be
found in the Appendix to this report.
Profitability
2.1 Whereas revenue has increased by 22%, and profit margin has been improved by almost 24% from 7.6% to 9.4%, the figures
are not in themselves particularly useful because they are so small
2.2 A Return on Capital Employed which has improved by more than 50% has to be seen in the light of the fact that it is still less
than 1% of the assets available to Aurelija.
2.3 Asset turnover also shows an improvement of 21%, but an ability to turn assets over fewer than once every 14 years is not
normally an indication of efficient management.
Efficiency and Liquidity
3.1 It is generally accepted that a current ratio of 2:1 is, dependent upon the nature of the industry in which the entity operates,
a sign of reasonable liquidity and efficiency. Unless Aurelija is, for example, a supermarket with fast turnover and no
receivables, the current ratio of 6:1 must be considered potentially as a sign of poor liquidity, particularly when compared
with the 2008 position of 1.5:1
3.2 As a measure of short term liquidity, the fall in the quick ratio from (almost) parity to 3:1 is a further cause for concern, even
more so in light of the fact that Aurelija raised $200,000 during the year by way of debenture issue.
3.3 Inventory/turnover has fallen from a respectable 6.3 times (just under 2 months) to a disappointing 4 times (every 3
months). Instead of having 6 opportunities each year to sell goods and make profits, this has fallen to just 4 opportunities.
3.4 The receivables collection period has increased alarmingly, from 46 days to 84 days. It may be that Aurelija has accumulated
some doubtful debts, which should be written off, or it may indicate a change in the mixture of cash and credit sales.
3.5 Whatever the cause, when combined with the inventory turnover ratio, Aurelija is only able to collect cash from inventory
after (91 + 84) 175 days or 6 months. (2008 104 days, 3 months)
3.6 Meanwhile, in acquiring that inventory, Aurelija is paying the suppliers within 176 days, compared with just 80 days in 2008.
3.7 All the above points suggest that Aurelija is suffering major cash flow problems, and could experience difficulty in the future
buying goods from suppliers at competitive prices.
Debt and financing
4.1 Aurelija has borrowed $200,000 in 2009, accounting for 2/3 of the interest charge in the Statement of Profit or Loss and Other
Comprehensive Income. In addition, the bank position has deteriorated by $409,000, and $280,000 has been borrowed
from suppliers
4.2 It is not apparent from the financial statements (without a Statement of Cash Flows for the year) to see where this $889,000
has been used.
4.3 Clearly only very little, if any, has been invested in new property, plant and equipment, but it does seem that a new car has
been purchased!
Other matters
5.1 Distribution costs as a percentage of revenue have decreased from 9% to 8.6%, and administrative expenses have risen from
7.4% of revenue to just over 8%. It would be interesting to identify the causes of these variations.
5.2 The dividend policy appears to be consistent in that 37% of profits available are distributed in both years.
Conclusion
6.1 Unless Aurelija is in a highly competitive industry/market, the initial impression is one of major underachievement. If Aurelija
were to close operations, and invest the proceeds in the bank, it would probably achieve a return of 4% net on $16,000, a
return of $640 compared with $64 in 2009 and $54 in 2008.
6.2 Further investigation is required in areas such as the age of tangible non-current assets, nature of the industry and Aurelijas
position within the industry, but on the surface this does not look to be a good entity to invest in.
Paper F7
Answers to Examples
Appendix
2009
Return on capital employed
115
16,248
Profit margin
2008
0.75%
76
16,008
0.48%
115
1,220
9.4%
76
1,000
7.6%
Asset turnover
1,220
16,248
0.075%
1,000
16,008
0.062%
Return on equity
64
16,048
0.40%
54
16,008
0.34%
Current ratio
520 : 872
.6 : 1
310 : 202
1.5 : 1
Quick ratio
295 : 872
.3 : 1
190 : 202
.95 : 1
900
225
760
120
6.3
Inventory turnover
Receivables days
280 365
83.7 days
1,220
125 365
46 days
1,000
Payables days
440 365
176 days
900
160 365
80 days
760
200
16,048
Debt / equity
115
24
64
24
Interest cover
Dividend cover
1.25%
N/A
4.87
N/A
54
20
2.7
2.7
Chapter 21
Answer to Example 1
Rights fraction
Shares
4
1
5
Before
Rights
After
Value
4
3
After the rights issue, an existing investor has an investment of 5 shares worth $19 ie $3.80 per share.
CRAP
4.00
The rights fraction is therefore
ie
TERP
3.80
Do not reduce this to a decimal calculation. A degree of accuracy is unnecessarily lost.
Basic EPS calculation
Date
Number
Period
Fraction
1.1.09
5,000,000
7/12
4/3.8
1.8.09
6,250,000
5/12
EPS
3,000,000
5,674,341
= 52.9c
2008 as originally disclosed 54c

54 3.8
= 51.3c
as restated
4
Investment
16
3
19
WANES
3,070,175
2,604,166
5,674,341
191
192
Paper F7
Answers to Examples
Answer to Example 2
Date
1.3.08
31.8.08
1.11.08
Number
2,000,000
5,000,000
6,428,571
600,000
4,500,000
Basic EPS
Period
6/12
2/12
4/12
Fraction
9/7
9/7
WANES
1,285,714
1,071,428
2,142,857
4,500,000
= 13.3c
Last year, as originally disclosed 16c

as restated 12.4c
Answer to Example 3
2,800,000
4,000,000
Basic EPS
= 70c
Diluted
3,000,000
@4
12,000,000
2,400,000
@5
12,000,000
600,000
Therefore
@ NIL
It is only these 600,000 free shares which are considered in the diluted eps calculation
shares
earnings
existing
4,000,000
2,800,000
options
600,000
4,600,000
2,800,000
Therefore
2,800,000
4,600,000
So diluted EPS is
= 60.9c
Answer to Example 4
700,000
2,000,000
Basic
= 35 basic eps
Diluted
Potential equity shares (the worst position)
3,000,000

760 =
2,280,000 Pes
1,000
Potential extra earnings
3,000,000 6.25% .75 = $140,625 Pee
700,000 + 140,625
2,000,000 + 2,280,000
Diluted calculation
= 19.64c
Answer to Example 5
10,000,000
3,370,000
Basic eps
= $2.97
Dilution workings
520,000 options
520,000
@3
1,560,000
390,000
@4
1,560,000
130,000
free Pes and no Pee
2,000,000 options
Paper F7
Answers to Examples
Ignore, because the exercise price is greater than the mid-market price, so no director would exercise their right to buy at $5 when they
could buy the shares on the market for $4!
$20,000,000 10% convertible bonds
20,000,000
1,000
Pes
Pee
30 = 600,000
Pes
10.673% 20,000,000 .75 = $1,600,950 Pee
Pes
Options
130,000
Bonds
600,000
Working to find diluting instruments
shares
options
bonds
Pee
Meps
1,600,950
Rank
2.67
earnings
Eps
3,370,000
9,100,000
130,000
3,500,000
9,100,000
600,000
1,600,950
$2.70 control figure

$2.60
4,100,000
10,700,950
$2.61 *
* when the bonds are converted, eps improves from $2.60 to $2.61. The bonds are, therefore, anti-dilutive, and should be ignored in the
final calculation
Final working
shares
earnings
Eps
existing
3,370,000
10,000,000
options
130,000
3,500,000
10,000,000
$2.86
The disclosed diluted eps will therefore be $2.86
Chapter 22
No Examples
Chapter 23
No Examples
Chapter 24
No Examples
Chapter 25
No Examples
Chapter 26
No Examples
Chapter 27
No Examples
Chapter 28
No Examples
193
194
Paper F7
Answers to Examples
Chapter 29
Answer to Example 1
(a) IAS 41 states that an entity should recognise agricultural produce or a biological asset when the following characteristics apply:

the entity controls the asset as a result of past events and
it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the asset will flow to the entity and
the fair value or cost of the asset can be reliably measured
These are the same characteristics that apply to any asset to be recognised
Agricultural produce and biological assets are normally measured at fair value less estimated costs of sale
It is assumed that the fair value of agricultural produce and biological assets can be measured reliably.
That presumption can only be rebutted for agricultural produce and biological assets where market prices or values are not
available and alternative measures of fair value are clearly unreliable.
Such rebuttal must be made on initial recognition of the asset.
Historic cost is the most frequently used basis for reliable measurement
In the context of measuring the value of many assets, historic cost is appropriate but in the context of biological assets
(for example newly born livestock) the concept of cost is not an easy one to apply and so fair value could well be more
appropriate.
(b)
Extracts from the statement of profit or loss

$000
$000
Income
Change in fair value of purchased herd (W2)
(70.50)
Government grant (W3)
940.00
Change in fair value of newly born calves (W4)
290.75
Fair value of milk (W5)
12.90
Total income
1,173.15
Expense
Maintenance costs (W2)
Breeding fees (W2)
1,175.00
705.00
Total expense
(1,880.00)
Net deficit
( 706.85)
Extracts from the statement of financial position

Property, plant and equipment:
Land (W1)
Mature herd (W2)
Calves (W4)
47,000.00
2,279.50
290.75
49,570.25
Inventory
Milk (W5)
12.90
Paper F7
Answers to Examples
Workings
W1 Land
Land is not an asset to which IAS 41 is applied the relevant standard is IAS 16 Property, Plant and Equipment
Land would be recorded at cost on initial acquisition and is not normally subjected to depreciation
Under the benchmark treatment laid down in IAS 16 no recognition would be made of postacquisition changes in
the value of the land unless the class of asset is treated on a revaluation basis with surpluses taken to a Revaluation
Reserve
W2 Cows
Under the fair value model laid down in IAS 41 the mature cows would be recognised in the balance sheet at 30
September, 2013 at their fair value of 10,000 X $227.95 = $2,279,500
The difference between the fair value of the mature herd and its cost ($2,279,500 $2,350,000 = a loss of $70,500)
would be charged in the statement of profit or loss, as also will the maintenance costs of $1,175,000
W3 Grant
Grants relating to agricultural activity are not subject to the normal requirement of IAS 20 Government Grants in that
they are not credited to the statement of profit or loss over a period of time
Instead, under IAS 41, government agricultural grants are credited to income as soon as they are unconditionally
receivable rather than being recognised over the useful economic life of the asset to which they relate
Therefore $940,000 would be credited to income by Numbers
W4 Calves
The calves are a biological asset and the fair value model is applied
The breeding fees of $705,000 are charged to income and an asset of 5,000 x $58.15 = $290,750 recognised in the
statement of financial position and credited to income in the statement of profit or loss
W5 Milk
Milk is agricultural produce and is initially recognised on the same basis as biological assets
Thus the milk would be valued at 10,000 x $1.29 = $12,900
In the context of IAS 2 Inventories, this figure is taken to be cost for the unsold milk
195
196
Paper F7
Answers to Examples
Paper F7
Paper F7
MINI EXERCISES QUESTIONS
Cost of Sales
Question 1
A butcher sells $300,000 of meat at a consistent mark up of 25%. His inventory at the start of the year was $15,000. This had increased by
20% by the end of the year.
Calculate the purchases for the year.
Question 2
His rival down the road achieves a gross margin of 15%. His closing inventory was 30% higher than the opening inventory. Sales in the
year were $450,000 and purchases were $400,000.
What was the opening inventory?
Question 3
The local supermarket sold $500,000 worth of goods in January at a consistent mark up of 12%. Opening inventory was $20,000 and
purchases in the month were $440,000.
How much was closing inventory?
197
198
Paper F7

2
Intra-group pup
Calculate the pup, state in whose books and show the journal entry.
H = holding company; S = subsidiary; A = associate

in all cases; H own 60% of S and 30% of A
H sold $60,000 goods to S at a mark up of 20%.

S had sold one third of these goods by the end of the year
S sold $40,000 goods to H at a gross margin of 25%
H had sold one quarter of these goods by the end of the year
H sold $80,000 goods to A at a gross profit of 30%
A had sold none of these goods by the end of the year
S sold $ 70,000 goods to A at a mark up of 20%
A had sold $4,000 of these goods by the end of the year
A sold $100,000 goods to H at a mark up of 30%
H had sold 60% of these goods by the end of the year
A sold $ 30,000 goods to S at a gross margin of 40%
S had sold none of these goods by the end of the year
H sold $20,000 goods to S at a gross margin of 25%
S had sold all of these goods by the end of the year
S sold $16,500 goods to A at a mark up of 10%
A had sold $11,000 of these goods by the end of the year
S sold $90,000 goods to H at a mark up of 30%
H had sold all of these goods by the end of the year
10
A sold $22,000 goods to S at a mark up of 40%
S had sold 40% of these goods by the end of the year
11
After the acquisition, P sold goods to S for $15 million on which P made a gross profit of 20%. S had one third of these goods still in
its inventory at 30 September 2009. There are no intra-group current account balances at 30 September 2009.
Paper F7
12
At 31 March 2010 Ps current account with S was $34 million (debit). This did not agree with the equivalent balance in Ss books
due to some goods-in-transit invoiced at $18 million that were sent by P on 28 March 2010, but had not been received by S until
after the year end. P sold all these goods at cost plus 50%.
13
After the acquisition S sold goods to P for $40 million. These goods had cost S $30 million. $12 million of the goods sold remained
in Ps closing inventory.
14
At 30 September 2011, Ss inventory included goods bought from P (at cost to S) of $26 million. P had marked up these goods by
30% on cost. Ps agreed current account balance owed by S at 30 September 2011 was $13 million.
15
P sells goods to S at cost plus 50%. Below is a summary of the recorded activities for the year ended 31 March 2012 and balances
as at 31 March 2012:
P Sales to S
S Purchases from P
$000
$000
16,000
4,400
Included in Ps receivables
Included in Ss payables
14,500
1,700
On 26 March 2012, P sold and despatched goods to S, which S did not record until they were received on 2 April 2012. Ss
inventory was counted on 31 March 2012 and does not include any goods purchased from P.
On 27 March 2012, S remitted to P a cash payment which was not received by P until 4 April 2012. This payment accounted
for the remaining difference on the current accounts.
16
16. Sales from P to S throughout the year ended 30 September 2012 had consistently been $800,000 per month. P made a mark-up
on cost of 25% on these sales. S had $15 million of these goods in inventory as at 30 September 2012
17
Each month since acquisition, Ps sales to S were consistently $46 million. P had marked these up by 15% on cost. S had one
months supply ($46 million) of these goods in inventory at 31 March 2013. Ps normal mark-up (to third party customers) is 40%
18
P transferred raw materials at their cost of $4 million to S in June 2013. S processed all of these materials incurring additional direct
costs of $14 million and sold them back to P in August 2013 for $9 million. At 30 September 2013 P had $15 million of these goods
still in inventory. There were no other intra-group sales
19
After the acquisition P sold goods to S for $20 million. S had one fifth of these goods still in inventory at 31 March 2014. All sales to
S had a mark-up on cost of 25%.
20
Sales from P to S were at a mark up of 25% on cost. At the year end S still had $600,000 worth of these goods in inventory (at cost
to S)
199
200
Paper F7

3
Goodwill calculations
Question 1
H acquired 70% of the 800,000 $1 shares in S for $900,000. At that date the S retained earnings were $400,000.
Calculate the goodwill in the following situations:
a)
the directors have valued the investment of the nci in the shares of S at $380,000
b)
the value of the S shares immediately before the H acquisition was $1.60
c) the directors have determined the value of the nci investment to be the same as their proportionate share of the S fair
valued net assets
Question 2
H acquired 80% of the 1,000,000 $1 shares in S for $1,300,000. At that date the S retained earnings were $500,000.
a)
b)
valued net assets
Question 3
H acquired 75% of the 600,000 50c shares in S for $350,000. At that date the S retained earnings were $100,000.
a)
b)
the value of the S shares immediately before the H acquisition was 70c
valued net assets
Paper F7

4
Goodwill impairments
Question 1
H acquired 60% of the 500,000 $1 shares in S for $470,000. At that date the S retained earnings were $200,000. Goodwill has been impaired
by 40%.
Calculate the goodwill figure which will appear on the Statement of Financial Position in the following situations:a)
b)
c)
the directors valued the goodwill attributable to the nci at $15,000
d) the directors have determined the value of the nci investment to be the same as their proportionate share of the S fair
valued net assets
Question 2
H acquired 55% of the 600,000 50c shares in S for $420,000. At that date the S retained earnings were $400,000. Goodwill has been
impaired by 60%.
b)
c)
valued net assets
Question 3
H acquired 80% of the 1,000,000 25c shares in S for $350,000. At that date the S retained earnings were $100,000. Goodwill has been
impaired by 50%.
b)
the value of the S shares immediately before the H acquisition was 40c
c)
valued net assets
201
202
Paper F7

5
Excess depreciation & pup
Question 1
H sold some land to S recognising a profit of $40,000
What adjustment is needed on consolidation and in whose records?
Question 2
During the year S sold some PPE to H for $65,000. It had cost $100,000 when new, 4 years ago and its useful life of 9 years had not changed.
Estimated scrap proceeds of $10,000 were revised on transfer to H to $20,000. It is group policy to charge depreciation on a straight line
basis with a full years charge in the year of purchase and none in the year of sale.
Calculate the adjustments necessary on consolidation, and identify in which companys records those adjustments should be.
Question 3
.Immediately after the acquisition of the subsidiary on 1 October 2010, P transferred an item of plant with a carrying amount of $4 million
to S at an agreed value of $5 million. At this date the plant had a remaining life of two and half years. P had included the profit on this
transfer as a reduction in its depreciation costs. All depreciation is to be charged to cost of sales in the statement of profit or loss for the
year ended 31 March, 2011
What adjustments are necessary on consolidation and identify in which companys records those adjustments should be?
Paper F7

6
Non current assets
For the following questions calculate the extracts where relevant from the Statement of Income and the Statement of
Financial Position
Question 1
Trial balance extracts for year ended 31 March, 2011
Land and buildings at cost
270,000
Plant at cost
156,000
Accumulated depreciation to 31 March 2010

Building
60,000
Plant
26,000
Rental of leased plant
22,000
The land and buildings were purchased on 1 April 1995. The cost of the land was $70 million. No land and buildings have been purchased
by Kala since that date. On 1 April 2010 Kala had its land and buildings professionally valued at $80 million and $175 million respectively.
The directors wish to incorporate these values into the financial statements. The estimated life of the buildings was originally 50 years and
the remaining life has not changed as a result of the valuation.
Plant, other than leased plant (see below), is depreciated at 15% per annum using the reducing balance method. Depreciation of buildings
and plant is charged to cost of sales.
On 1 April 2010 Kala entered into a lease for an item of plant which had an estimated life of five years. The lease period is also five years
with annual rentals of $22 million payable in advance from 1 April 2010. The plant is expected to have a nil residual value at the end of
its life. If purchased this plant would have a cost of $92 million and be depreciated on a straight-line basis. The lessor includes a finance
cost of 10% per annum when calculating annual rentals. (Note: you are not required to calculate the present value of the minimum lease
payments.)
Question 2
Trial balance extracts for year ended 30 September, 2008
Land and buildings at valuation 1 October, 2007
130,000
Plant at cost
128,000
Accumulated depreciation to 1 October, 2007

Plant
32,000
Investments at fair value through profit and loss

26,500
Llama has a policy of revaluing its land and buildings at each year end. The valuation in the trial balance includes a land element of $30
million. The estimated remaining life of the buildings at that date (1 October 2007) was 20 years. On 30 September 2008, a professional
valuer valued the buildings at $92 million with no change in the value of the land. Depreciation of buildings is charged 60% to cost of sales
and 20% each to distribution costs and administrative expenses.
During the year Llama manufactured an item of plant that it is using as part of its own operating capacity. The details of its cost, which is
included in cost of sales in the trial balance, are:
$,000
Materials cost
6,000
Direct labour cost
4,000
Machine time cost
8,000
Directly attributable overheads

6,000
The manufacture of the plant was completed on 31 March 2008 and the plant was brought into immediate use, but its cost has not yet
been capitalised.
All plant is depreciated at 12 % per annum (time apportioned where relevant) using the reducing balance method and charged to cost
of sales. No non-current assets were sold during the year.
The fair value of the investments held at fair value through profit and loss at 30 September 2008 was $27.1 million.
203
204
Paper F7
Question 3
Draft financial statements extracts as at 31 March, 2009.
Property at valuation
Land
Buildings
Plant
Investments at fair value through profit and loss at 31 March, 2008
The non-current assets have not been depreciated for the year ended 31 March 2009.
20,000
165,000
180,500
12,500
Dexon has a policy of revaluing its land and buildings at the end of each accounting year. The values in the above statement of financial
position are as at 1 April 2008 when the buildings had a remaining life of fifteen years. A qualified surveyor has valued the land and
buildings at 31 March 2009 at $180 million.
Plant is depreciated at 20% on the reducing balance basis.
The investments at fair value through profit and loss are held in a fund whose value changes directly in proportion to a specified market
index. At 1 April 2008 the relevant index was 1,200 and at 31 March 2009 it was 1,296.
Question 4
Trial balance extracts at 30 September, 2009
Leasehold property at valuation on 30 September 2008
50,000
Plant and equipment at cost
76,600
Accumulated depreciation at 30 September, 2008

Plant
Capitalised development expenditure at 30 September, 2008
Non-current assets tangible:
24,600
6,000
The leasehold property had a remaining life of 20 years at 1 October 2008. The companys policy is to revalue its property at each year end
and at 30 September 2009 it was valued at $43 million. Ignore deferred tax on the revaluation.
On 1 October 2008 an item of plant was disposed of for $2.5 million cash. The proceeds have been treated as sales revenue by Candel. The
plant is still included in the above trial balance figures at its cost of $8 million and accumulated depreciation of $4 million (to the date of
disposal).
All plant is depreciated at 20% per annum using the reducing balance method.
Depreciation and amortisation of all non-current assets is charged to cost of sales.
Non-current assets intangible:
In addition to the capitalised development expenditure (of $20 million), further research and development costs were incurred on a new
project which commenced on 1 October 2008. The research stage of the new project lasted until 31 December 2008 and incurred $1.4
million of costs. From that date the project incurred development costs of $800,000 per month. On 1 April 2009 the directors became
confident that the project would be successful and yield a profit well in excess of its costs. The project is still in development at 30
September 2009.
Capitalised development expenditure is amortised at 20% per annum using the straight-line method. All expensed research and
development is charged to cost of sales.
Paper F7
Question 5
Trial balance extracts at 31 March, 2010
Leasehold property at valuation on 31 March, 2009
25,200
Plant and equipment (owned) at cost
46,800
Plant and equipment (leased) at cost
20,000
Accumulated depreciation at 31 March 2009

Owned plant and equipment
12,800
Leased plant and equipment
5,000
Finance lease payment (paid on 31 March, 2010)
6,000
Obligations under finance lease at 31 March, 2009

Non-current assets:
15,600
The 15 year leasehold property was acquired on 1 April 2008 at cost $30 million. The company policy is to revalue the property at market
value at each year end. The valuation in the trial balance of $25.2 million as at 31 March 2009 led to an impairment charge of $2.8 million
which was reported in the Statement of Profit or Loss of the previous year (ie year ended 31 March 2009). At 31 March 2010 the property
was valued at $24.9 million.
Owned plant is depreciated at 25% per annum using the reducing balance method.
The leased plant was acquired on 1 April 2008. The rentals are $6 million per annum for four years payable in arrears on 31 March each
year. The interest rate implicit in the lease is 8% per annum. Leased plant is depreciated at 25% per annum using the straight-line method.
No depreciation has yet been charged on any non-current assets for the year ended 31 March 2010. All depreciation is charged to cost of
sales.
Question 6
Extracts from trial balance at 30 September, 2009
Freehold property at cost 1.10.2000
63,000
42,200
Brand at cost 1.10.2005
30,000
Accum depreciation 1.10.08 building
8,000
Accum depreciation 1.10.08 plant
19,700
Accum amortisation 1.10.08 brand
9,000
Prepare the workings for the non-current assets depreciation, amortisation and impairment for inclusion within
the 2009 financial statements as appropriate
The freehold property has a land element of $13 million. The building element is being depreciated on a straight-line basis.
Plant and equipment is depreciated at 40% per annum using the reducing balance method.
The brand in the trial balance relates to a product line that received bad publicity during the year which led to falling sales revenues. An
impairment review was conducted on 1 April 2009 which concluded that, based on estimated future sales, the brand had a value in use
of $12 million and a remaining life of only three years. However, on the same date as the impairment review, the company received an
offer to purchase the brand for $15 million. Prior to the impairment review, it was being depreciated using the straight-line method over
a 10-year life.
No depreciation/amortisation has yet been charged on any non-current asset for the year ended 30 September 2009. Depreciation,
amortisation and impairment charges are all charged to cost of sales.
205
206
Paper F7
Question 7
Extracts from trial balance at 31 March, 2010
Leasehold (15 years) property at cost
45,000
67,500
Accum depreciation 1.04.09 property
6,000
23,500
Prepare the workings for the non-current assets depreciation, amortisation and impairment for inclusion within the 2010 financial
statements as appropriate
In order to fund a new project, on 1 October 2009 the company decided to sell its leasehold property. From that date it commenced
a short-term rental of an equivalent property. The leasehold property is being marketed by a property agent at a price of $40 million,
which was considered a reasonably achievable price at that date. The expected costs to sell have been agreed at $500,000. Recent market
transactions suggest that actual selling prices achieved for this type of property in the current market conditions are 15% less than the
value at which they are marketed. At 31 March 2010 the property had not been sold.
No depreciation/amortisation has yet been charged on any non-current asset for the year ended 31 March 2010. Depreciation, amortisation
and impairment charges are all charged to cost of sales.
Question 8
Land & buildings at valuation 30.09.09
43,000
(Land $7m, Buildings $36m)

67,400
13,400
The company revalues its land and building at the end of each accounting year. At 30 September 2010 the relevant value to be incorporated
into the financial statements is $418 million. The buildings remaining life at the beginning of the current year (1 October 2009) was 18
years. An annual transfer from the revaluation reserve to retained earnings in respect of the realisation of the revaluation surplus is not
made. Ignore deferred tax on the revaluation surplus.
Plant and equipment includes an item of plant bought for $10 million on 1 October 2009 that will have a 10-year life (using straight-line
depreciation with no residual value). Production using this plant involves toxic chemicals which will cause decontamination costs to be
incurred at the end of its life. The present value of these costs using a discount rate of 10% at 1 October 2009 was $4 million. The company
has not provided any amount for this future decontamination cost. All other plant and equipment is depreciated at 125% per annum
using the reducing balance method.
No depreciation has yet been charged on any non-current asset for the year ended 30 September 2010. All depreciation is charged to
cost of sales.
Paper F7
Question 9
Freehold property at cost (1 April, 2005)
(Land $25m, property $50m)
75,000
74,500
Accum depreciation 1.04.10 property
10,000
24,500
On 1 April 2010 the company decided for the first time to value its freehold property at its current value. A qualified property valuer
reported that the market value of the freehold property on this date was $80 million, of which $30 million related to the land. At this date
the remaining estimated life of the property was 20 years. The company does not make a transfer to retained earnings in respect of excess
depreciation on the revaluation of its assets.
Plant is depreciated at 20% per annum on the reducing balance method.
All depreciation of non-current assets is charged to cost of sales.
Question 10
10. Extracts from trial balance at 30 September, 2011
Leasehold property at cost
50,000
44,500
Accum amortisation property (1.10.10)
10,000
Accum depreciation plant (1.10.10)
14,500
During the year the company manufactured an item of plant for its own use. The direct materials and labour were $3 million and $4 million
respectively. Production overheads are 75% of direct labour cost and the company determines the final selling price for goods by adding
a mark-up on total cost of 40%. These manufacturing costs are included in the relevant expense items in the trial balance. The plant was
completed and put into immediate use on 1 April 2011.
All plant and equipment is depreciated at 20% per annum using the reducing balance method with time apportionment in the year of
acquisition.
The directors decided to revalue the leased property in line with recent increases in market values. On 1 October 2010 an independent
surveyor valued the leased property at $48 million, which the directors have accepted. The leased property was being amortised over
an original life of 20 years which has not changed. The company does not make a transfer to retained earnings in respect of excess
amortisation. All depreciation and amortisation is charged to cost of sales. No depreciation or amortisation has yet been charged on any
non-current asset for the year ended 30 September 2011.
207
208
Paper F7
Question 11
Leased property (12 years) at cost
48,000
47,500
Accum amortisation 1.04.11 property
16,000
33,500
To reflect a marked increase in property prices, the company decided to revalue its leased property on 1 April 2011. The Directors accepted
the report of an independent surveyor who valued the leased property at $36 million on that date. The company has not yet recorded the
revaluation. The remaining life of the leased property is eight years at the date of the revaluation. The company makes an annual transfer
to retained profits to reflect the realisation of the revaluation reserve. In the local tax jurisdiction the revaluation does not give rise to a
deferred tax liability.
On 1 April 2011, the company acquired an item of plant under a finance lease agreement that had an implicit finance cost of 10% per
annum. The lease payments in the trial balance represent an initial deposit of $2 million paid on 1 April 2011 and the first annual rental of
$6 million paid on 31 March 2012. The lease agreement requires further annual payments of $6 million on 31 March each year for the next
four years. Had the plant not been leased it would have cost $25 million to purchase for cash.
Plant and equipment (other than the leased plant) is depreciated at 20% per annum using the reducing balance method.
No depreciation/amortisation has yet been charged on any non-current asset for the year ended 31 March 2012. Depreciation and
amortisation are charged to cost of sales.
Question 12
The company had been carrying land and buildings at depreciated cost, but due to a recent rise in property prices, it decided to revalue its
property on 1 October; 2011 to market value. An independent valuer confirmed the value of the property at $60 million (land element $12
million) as at that date and the directors accepted this valuation. The property had a remaining life of 16 years at the date of its revaluation.
A transfer from the revaluation reserve to retained earnings will be made in respect of the realisation of the revaluation reserve. Ignore
deferred tax on the revaluation.
No depreciation has yet been charged on any non-current asset for the year ended 30 September, 2012. All depreciation is charged to
cost of sales.
Question 13
On 1 October, 2012, the company terminated the production of one of its product lines. From this date, the plant used to manufacture the
product has been actively marketed at an advertised price of $42 million which is considered realistic. It is included in the trial balance at
a cost of $9 million with accumulated depreciation (at 1 April 2012) of $5 million.
On 1 April, 2012, the directors decided that the financial statements would show an improved position if the land and buildings were
revalued to market value. At that date, an independent valuer valued the land at $12 million and the buildings at $35 million and these
valuations were accepted by the directors. The remaining life of the buildings at that date was 14 years. A transfer to retained earnings for
excess depreciation is not made. Ignore deferred tax on the revaluation surplus.
Plant and equipment is depreciated at 20% per annum using the reducing balance method and time apportioned as appropriate.
All depreciation is charged to cost of sales, but none has yet been charged on any non-current asset for the year ended 31 March. 2013.
Paper F7
Question 14
The directors decided to revalue the land and building, for the first time, on 1 October, 2012. A qualified valuer determined the relevant
revalued amounts to be $16 million for the land and $384 million for the building. The buildings remaining life at the date of the
revaluation was 16 years. This revaluation has not yet been reflected in the trial balance figures. The company does not make a transfer
from the revaluation reserve to retained earnings in respect of the realisation of the revaluation surplus. Deferred tax is applicable to the
revaluation surplus at 25%.
The leased plant was acquired on 1 October, 2011 under a five-year finance lease which has an implicit interest rate of 10% per annum.
The rentals are $92 million per annum payable on 30 September each year.
Owned plant and equipment is depreciated at 125% per annum using the reducing balance method.
No depreciation has yet been charged on any non-current asset for the year ended 30 September, 2013. All depreciation is charged to
cost of sales.
209
210
Paper F7

7
Loan interest / preference dividends
Financial Position
Question 1
8% (actual and effective) loan note
50,000
Loan interest paid
2,000
The loan note was issued on 1 July, 2006 with interest payable six monthly in arrears
Question 2
8% redeemable preference shares of $1 each
20,000
Preference dividend paid
800
The preference shares were issued on 1 April, 2009 at par. They are redeemable at a large premium which gives them an effective finance
cost of 12% per annum.
Question 3
Loan interest paid
800
2% loan note 2010
80,000
The loan note was issued on 1 April, 2008 under terms that provide for a large premium on redemption in 2010. The finance department
has calculated that the effect of this is that the loan note has an effective interest rate of 6% per annum.
Question 4
Preference dividend paid
2,400
6% redeemable preference shares at 31 March 2009
41,600
The 6% preference shares were issued on 1 April, 2008 at par for $40 million. They have an effective finance cost of 10% per annum due
to the premium payable on redemption.
Question 5
The company issued a $25 million 6% loan note on 1 October, 2011. Issue costs were $1 million and these have been charged to
administrative expenses. The loan will be redeemed on 30 September, 2014 at a premium which gives an effective interest rate on the
loan of 8%.
What finance charge will appear in the statement of profit or loss for the year ended 31 March, 2012
Question 6
The $40 million loan note was issued at par on 1 October, 2012. No interest will be paid on the loan; however, it will be redeemed on 30
September, 2015 for $53,240,000 which gives an effective finance cost of 10% per annum
What finance charge will appear in the statement of profit or loss for the year ended 31 March, 2013
Paper F7

8
Taxation
Financial Position
Question 1
Trial balance extract at 31 March, 2007
12,500
The provision for income tax for the year to 31 March, 2007 has been estimated at $28.3 million. The deferred tax provision at 31 March,
2007 is to be adjusted to a credit balance of $14.1 million.
Question 2
Trial balance extract at 30 September, 2008
Income tax (credit balance)
400
11,200
The balance of income tax in the trial balance represents the under/over provision of the previous years estimate. The estimated income
tax liability for the year ended 30 September 2008 is $18.7 million. At 30 September 2008 there were $40 million of taxable temporary
differences. The income tax rate is 25%. Note: you may assume that the movement in deferred tax should be taken to the Statement of
Profit or Loss.
Question 3
Extract from draft financial statements at 31 March, 2009
Deferred tax liability at 1 April, 2008
19,200
During the year the companys taxable temporary differences increased by $10 million of which $6 million related to the revaluation of
the property. The deferred tax relating to the remainder of the increase in the temporary differences should be taken to the Statement of
Profit or Loss. The applicable income tax rate is 20%
The above figures do not include the estimated provision for income tax on the profit for the year ended 31 March 2009. The directors have
estimated the provision at $11.4 million.
Question 4
Trial balance extract at 30 September, 2009
5,800
The directors have estimated the provision for income tax for the year ended 30 September, 2009 at $11.4 million. The required deferred
tax provision at 30 September, 2009 is $6 million.
Question 5
Current tax debit balance
700
8,400
The directors have estimated the provision for income tax for the year ended 31 March, 2010 at $4.5 million. The required deferred tax
provision at 31 March 2010 is $5.6 million; all adjustments to deferred tax should be taken to the Statement of Profit or Loss. The balance
of current tax in the trial balance represents the under/over provision of the income tax liability for the year ended 31 March, 2009.
Question 6
2,100
5,400
The balance on current tax represents the under/over provision of the tax liability for the year ended 30 September 2008. The directors
have estimated the provision for income tax for the year ended 30 September 2009 at $162 million. At 30 September 2009 the carrying
amounts of the companys net assets were $13 million in excess of their tax base. The income tax rate is 30%.
211
212
Paper F7
Question 7
Current tax credit balance
1,400
6,000
A provision for income tax for the year ended 31 March, 2010 of $12 million is required. The balance on current tax represents the under/
over provision of the tax liability for the year ended 31 March 2009. At 31 March, 2010 the tax base of the companys net assets was $14
million less than their carrying amounts. The income tax rate is 30%.
Question 8
900
4,000
A provision for income tax for the year ended 30 September, 2010 of $56 million is required. The balance on current tax represents the
under/over provision of the tax liability for the year ended 30 September, 2009. At 30 September, 2010 the tax base of the net assets was
$15 million less than their carrying amounts. The movement on deferred tax should be taken to the income statement. The income tax
rate is 25%.
Question 9
800
2,600
The balance on current tax represents the under/over provision of the tax liability for the year ended 31 March, 2010. The required provision
for income tax for the year ended 31 March, 2011 is $194 million. The difference between the carrying amounts of the net assets of the
company and their (lower) tax base at 31 March, 2011 is $27 million. The rate of income tax is 25%.
Question 10
Extract from trial balance at 30 September, 2011
2,700
The directors decided to revalue the leased property in line with recent increases in market values. On 1 October, 2010 an independent
surveyor valued the leased property at $8 million higher than its carrying value, which the directors have accepted. The revaluation gain
will create a deferred tax liability
A provision for income tax for the year ended 30 September, 2011 of $243 million is required. At 30 September, 2011, the tax base of the
companys net assets was $15 million less than their carrying amounts. This excludes the effects of the revaluation of the leased property.
The income tax rate is 30%.
Question 11
800
3,200
The companys income tax calculation for the year ended 31 March, 2012 shows a tax refund of $24 million. The balance on current tax in
the trial balance represents the under/over provision of the tax liability for the year ended 31 March 2011. At 31 March, 2012, the company
had taxable temporary differences of $12 million (requiring a deferred tax liability). The income tax rate is 25%.
Question 12

Current tax debit balance 1,100

2,700
The balance on current tax represents the under/over provision of the tax liability for the year ended 30 September, 2011. A provision
for income tax for the year ended 30 September, 2012 of $74 million is required. At 30 September, 2012, there were taxable temporary
differences of $5 million, requiring a provision for deferred tax. Any deferred tax adjustment should be reported in the income statement.
The income tax rate is 20%.
Paper F7
Question 13
1,200
6,200
The company estimates that an income tax provision of $272 million is required for the year ended 31 March, 2013 and at that date the
liability to deferred tax is $94 million. The movement on deferred tax should be taken to profit or loss. The balance on current tax in the
trial balance represents the under/over provision of the tax liability for the year ended 31 March, 2012
Question 14
1,050
8,000
The company decided to revalue its land and building, for the first time, on 1 October, 2012. A qualified valuer determined the relevant
revalued amounts to be $4.4 million greater than the carrying values.
The company does not make a transfer from the revaluation reserve to retained earnings in respect of the realisation of the revaluation
surplus. Deferred tax is applicable to the revaluation surplus at 25%
A provision for income tax for the year ended 30 September, 2013 of $34 million is required. The balance on current tax represents the
under/over provision of the tax liability for the year ended 30 September, 2012. At 30 September, 2013, the tax base of the companys net
assets was $24 million less than their carrying amounts. This does not include the effect of the revaluation in note (ii) above. The income
tax rate is 25%
Question 15
3,200
4,600
The balance on current tax represents the under/over provision of the tax liability for the year ended 31 March, 2013. A provision of $28
million is required for current tax for the year ended 31 March, 2014 and at this date the deferred tax liability was assessed at $83 million.
Question 16
Current tax (credit balance)
1,100
4,600
A provision of $2.4 million is required for current income tax on the profit for the year to 30 September, 2014. The balance on Current Tax
in the trial balance is the under / over provision for taxation for 2013.
Kandy has taxable temporary differences at 30 September, 2014 of $22 million and the tax rate is 20%
213
214
Paper F7

9
Sundry
Question 1
Purchases 78,200
Inventory at 1 April, 2006
37,800
The inventory at 31 March, 2007 was valued at $43.2 million.
Calculate the cost of sales figure.
Question 2
Suspense account credit balance
24,000
Equity shares of 50c each, fully paid as at
1 October, 2007
60,000
The suspense account contains the corresponding credit entry for the proceeds of a rights issue of shares made on 1 July 2008. The terms
of the issue were one share for every four held at 80 cents per share. Llamas share price immediately before the issue was $1. The issue
was fully subscribed.
Show the entry to remove the suspense account balance. Assuming that earnings available for equity shareholders were
$26,250, calculate the earnings per share figure for the year to 30 September, 2008.
Question 3
Extracts from draft financial statements at 31 March, 2009
Retained earnings for the year to 31 March, 2009
96,700
Inventory 84,000
Receivables 52,200
Bank 3,800
Current Liabilities
81,800
Dexons Statement of Profit or Loss includes $8 million of revenue for credit sales made on a sale or return basis. At 31 March 2009,
customers who had not paid for the goods, had the right to return $2.6 million of them. Dexon applied a mark up on cost of 30% on all
these sales. In the past, Dexons customers have sometimes returned goods under this type of agreement.
Show the journal entries necessary to correct the draft financial statements.
Question 4
22,200
Trade payables and provision
23,800
Candel is being sued by a customer for $2 million for breach of contract over a cancelled order. Candel has obtained legal opinion
that there is a 20% chance that Candel will lose the case. Accordingly Candel has provided $400,000 ($2 million 20%) included in
administrative expenses in respect of the claim. The unrecoverable legal costs of defending the action are estimated at $100,000. These
have not been provided for as the legal action will not go to court until next year.
Show any adjustments which you feel should be made, or explain why no adjustments are necessary.
Question 5
Revenue 310,000
Inventory at 31 March, 2010
28,200
Receivables
33,100
Cost of sales
234,500
Trade payables
33,400
Revenue includes $8 million for goods sold acting as an agent for Scone. On sale, a commission of 20% of sales was earned and the
difference of $ 6.4 million was remitted to Scone.
Show any adjustments which you consider to be appropriate.
Paper F7
Question 6
Extracts from draft financial statements at 31 March, 2009
Retained earnings for the year
96,700
12,300
Inventory 84,000
Trade receivables
52,200
Bank 3,800
In late March 2009 the directors of Dexon discovered a material fraud perpetrated by the companys credit controller that had been
continuing for some time. Investigations revealed that a total of $4 million of the trade receivables as shown in the statement of financial
position at 31 March 2009 had in fact been paid and the money had been stolen by the credit controller. An analysis revealed that $1.5
million had been stolen in the year 31 March 2008 with the rest being stolen in the current year. Dexon is not insured for this loss and it
cannot be recovered from the credit controller, nor is it deductible for tax purposes.
Show any adjustments which you feel should be made.
Question 7
Revenue 310,000
Cost of sales
234,500
On 1 October 2009 Pricewell entered into a contract to construct a bridge over a river. The agreed price of the bridge is $50 million and
construction was expected to be completed on 30 September, 2011. The $14.3 million in the trial balance is:
$000
12,000
8,000
(5,700)
14,300
The sales value of the work done at 31 March, 2010 has been agreed at $ 22 million and the estimated cost to complete (excluding plant
depreciation) is $10 million. The specialist plant will have no residual value at the end of the contract and should be depreciated on a
monthly basis. Pricewell recognises profits on uncompleted contracts on the percentage of completion basis as determined by the agreed
work to date compared to the total contract price.
material, labour and overheads
specialist plant acquired 1 October 2009
payment from customer
Calculate the revenue to be recognised, the amount to include in cost of sales, and the amounts (if any) which would be
included on the S of FP.
Question 8
The details of a construction contract are:
costs to 31 further costs
March, 2010 to complete
$000
$000
materials
5,000
8,000
labour and other direct costs
3,000
7,000
8,000
15,000
plant acquired at cost
12,000
per trial balance
20,000
The contract commenced on 1 October, 2009 and is scheduled to take 18 months to complete. The agreed contract price is fixed at $40
million. Specialised plant was purchased at the start of the contract for $12 million. It is expected to have a residual value of $3 million
at the end of the contract and should be depreciated using the straight-line method on a monthly basis. An independent surveyor has
assessed that the contract is 30% complete at 31 March, 2010. The customer has not been invoiced for any progress payments. The
outcome of the contract is deemed to be reasonably certain as at the year end. What amounts would be included within the financial
statements for revenue, cost of sales, plant and amounts due from customers?
215
216
Paper F7
Question 9
It has been discovered that goods with a cost of $6 million, which had been correctly included in the count of the inventory at 31 March,
2010, had been invoiced in April 2010 to customers at a gross profit of 25% on sales, but included in the revenue (and receivables) of the
year ended 31 March, 2010. What adjustment is necessary (if any) to correct the above situation?
Question 10
On 31 March, 2011 the company factored (sold) trade receivables with a book value of $10 million to Shark Limited. The company received
an immediate payment of $87 million and will pay Shark Limited 2% per month on any uncollected balances. Any of the factored
receivables outstanding after six months will be refunded to Shark Limited. The company has derecognised the receivables and charged
$13 million to administrative expenses. If the company had not factored these receivables it would have made an allowance of $600,000
against them. What adjustment (if any) is necessary to correct the situation outlined above?
Question 11
Inventory at 4 April, 2011
36,000
The inventory of the company was not counted until 4 April, 2011 due to operational reasons. At this date its value at cost was $36 million
and this figure has been used in the cost of sales calculation above. Between the year end of 31 March, 2011 and 4 April, 2011, a delivery of
goods was received at a cost of $27 million and sales of $78 million at a mark-up on cost of 30% were made. Neither the goods delivered
nor the sales made in this period were included in purchases (as part of cost of sales) or revenue in the above trial balance. Calculate the
closing inventory as at 31 March, 2011
Question 12

$
Equity shares of 50 cents each
45,000
Share premium
5,000
Suspense account (credit balance)
13,500
The suspense account represents the corresponding credit for cash received for a fully subscribed rights issue of equity shares made on 1
January, 2012. The terms of the share issue were one new share for every five held at a price of 75 cents each. The price of the companys
equity shares immediately before the issue was $120 each. Whats the journal entry to correct and properly record the proceeds of the
share issue and calculate the rights fraction that would be used in an earnings per share question
Paper F7
10 Goodwill
Financial Position
Question 1
Petras & Signe
On 1 August, 2010, Petras acquired 3 million equity shares in Signe by an exchange of one share in Petras for every two shares in Signe
plus $1 per acquired share in cash. The market price of each Petras share at the date of acquisition was $6.
Signes retained earnings on 1 August, 2010 were $6.5m and there were 4 million shares in issue.
At the date of acquisition the fair values of Signes assets were equal to their carrying amounts with the exception of a parcel of land which
had a fair value of $500,000 below its carrying amount.
The directors have valued the nci investment as the proportional share of the Signe fair valued net assets at date of acquisition.
Goodwill is to be impaired by $900,000.
Question 2
Pyotr & Suzanna
On 1 July, 2010, Pyotr acquired 18 million shares in Suzanna. Suzanna had 24 million shares in issue as at that date. The acquisition was
through a share exchange of two shares in Pyotr for every three shares in Suzanna. Both companies shares have a nominal value of $1
each. The market price of Pyotrs shares on 1 July 2010 was $5.75 per share. Pyotr is, in addition, to pay cash on 30 June, 2012 of $2.42 for
each Suzanna share acquired. (Pyotrs cost of capital is 10%).
Suzannas retained earnings at 28 February, 2010 were $69 million and at 28 February, 2011 were $82.5 million.
At the date of acquisition Suzannas net assets fair value was equal to their carrying amounts with the exception of property, plant and
equipment. Property fair value was $4.1 million greater than its carrying value, and plant and equipment value was $2.4 million in excess.
The directors have valued the nci investment at date of acquisition at $30 million.
Goodwill is to be impaired at 28 February, 2011 by $2 million.
Question 3
Patricija & Sergejus
On 1 November, 2009 Patricija acquired 60% of the 4 million $ equity shares of Sergejus in a share exchange of two shares is Patricija for
three shares in Sergejus. At the date of acquisition shares in Patricija had a market value of $6 each.
Sergejus profit for the year ended 30 April, 2010 was $3 million and retained earnings at that date were $6.5 million. At the date of
acquisition, the fair values of Sergejus assets were equal to their carrying amounts with the exception of an item of plant which had a fair
value of $2 million is excess of its carrying amount.
The non-controlling interest is to be accounted for at fair value. For this purpose, the fair value of the goodwill attributable to the noncontrolling interest is $1.5 million, and goodwill is not impaired as at 30 April, 2010.
Question 4
Pious & Sebastian
On 1 December, 2008 Pious acquired 116 million shares in Sebastian for an immediate cash payment of $210 million and issued at par one
10% $100 loan note for every 200 shares acquired. Sebastians retained earnings at the date of acquisition were $120 million, and share
capital was $145 million ($1 shares) Pious policy is to value non-controlling interests at their fair values and assessed the non-controlling
interest in Sebastian at the date of acquisition to be $65 million.
The fair values of Sebastians assets were equal to their carrying values with the exception of an item of property with a fair value of $20
million is excess of its carrying value. In addition, Sebastian owned a brand name, not recognised is its statement of financial position, with
a fair value of $25 million. Goodwill in Sebastian is not impaired.
Question 5
Panda & Sloth
On 1 May, 2009 Panda purchased 80% of Sloths 120 million $1 equity shares. The acquisition was through a share exchange of three shares
in Panda for every five shares in Sloth. The market prices of shares in Panda and Sloth at 1 May, 2009 were $6 and $3.20 respectively.
Panda Sloth
Retained earnings at 1 November, 2008
Profit/ (loss) for the year ended 31 October, 2009
40
152
47.2
21
Dividend for year end 31 October, 2009
(8)

The fair values of Sloths net assets at date of acquisition were equal to their carrying amounts with the exception of an item of plant which
had a carrying value of $12 million and a fair value of $17 million.
In addition, Sloth owns, but has not previously recognised, a domain name with a value of $20 million Panda has credited the whole of
the dividend it received from Sloth to investment income.
The non-controlling interest in Sloth is to be valued at fair value as at date of acquisition. For this purpose, the Sloth share price at that date
217
218
Paper F7
can be taken to be indicative of the fair value of the non-controlling interests investment.
The goodwill in Sloth has not suffered any impairment
Question 6
Peter and Simon
On 1 April 2009 Peter acquired 75% of Simons equity shares in a share exchange of three shares in Peter for every two shares in Simon.
The market prices of Peters and Simons shares at the date of acquisition were $320 and $450 respectively.
In addition to this Peter agreed to pay a further amount on 1 April 2010 that was contingent upon the post-acquisition performance of
Simon. At the date of acquisition Peter assessed the fair value of this contingent consideration at $42 million, but by 31 March 2010 it was
clear that the actual amount to be paid would be only $27 million (ignore discounting).
Extract from the financial statements
Peter Simon
Equity shares of $1 each
25,000
8,000
nil
Share premium
19,800
Retained earnings at 1 April, 2009
16,200 16,500
11,000
for the year ended 31 March, 2010
1,000
72,000 25,500
The following information is relevant:
(i) At the date of acquisition the fair values of Simons property, plant and equipment was equal to its carrying amount with the
exception of Simons factory which had a fair value of $2 million above its carrying amount. Simon has not adjusted the carrying
amount of the factory as a result of the fair value exercise. Also at the date of acquisition, Simon had an intangible asset of $500,000
for software in its statement of financial position. Peters directors believed the software to have no recoverable value at the date of
acquisition and Simon wrote it off shortly after its acquisition.
(ii) Peters policy is to value the non-controlling interest at fair value at the date of acquisition. For this purpose Simons share price at
that date can be deemed to be representative of the fair value of the shares held by the non-controlling interest.
(iii)
Impairment tests were carried out on 31 March 2010 which concluded that consolidated goodwill was impaired by $38 million.
Question 7
Prime and Suspect
On 1 June, 2010 Prime acquired 80% of the equity share capital of Suspect. The consideration consisted of two elements: a share exchange
of three shares in Prime for every five acquired shares in Suspect and the issue of a $100 6% loan note for every 500 shares acquired in
Suspect. At the date of acquisition shares in Prime had a market value of $5 each and the shares of Suspect had a stock market price of
$350 each.
Statements of comprehensive income for the year ended 30 September 2010
Prime Suspect
Profit for the year
10,000
3,900
12,000
5,000
Retained earnings
12,300
4,500
(i) At the date of acquisition, the fair values of Suspects assets were equal to their carrying amounts with the exception of its property.
This had a fair value of $12 million below its carrying amount.
(ii) Primes policy is to value the non-controlling interest at fair value at the date of acquisition. For this purpose Suspects share price
at that date can be deemed to be representative of the fair value of the shares held by the non-controlling interest.
(iii) There has been no impairment of consolidated goodwill.
Paper F7
Question 8
On 1 April, 2009 P purchased 80% of the equity shares in S. The acquisition was through a share exchange of three shares in P for every five
shares in S. The market prices of Ps and Ss shares at 1 April, 2009 were $6 per share and $3.20 respectively.
The following information for the equity of the companies at 30 September, 2009 is available:
P
200,000
120,000
Share premium
300,000
Retained earnings 1 October, 2008
40,000
152,000
Profit for the year ended 30 September, 2009
47,200
21,000
The fair values of the net assets of S at the date of acquisition were equal to their carrying amounts with the exception of an item of
plant which had a carrying amount of $12 million and a fair value of $17 million. This plant had a remaining life of five years (straight-line
depreciation) at the date of acquisition of S. All depreciation is charged to cost of sales.
In addition S owns the registration of a popular internet domain name. The registration, which had a negligible cost, has a five year
remaining life (at the date of acquisition); however, it is renewable indefinitely at a nominal cost. At the date of acquisition the domain
name was valued by a specialist company at $20 million.
The fair values of the plant and the domain name have not been reflected in Ss financial statements.
The non-controlling interest in S is to be valued at its (full) fair value at the date of acquisition. For this purpose Ss share price at that date
can be taken to be indicative of the fair value of the shareholding of the non-controlling interest
Question 9
On 1 April, 2009 P acquired 75% of Ss equity shares in a share exchange of three shares in P for every two shares in S. The market prices of
Ps and Ss shares at the date of acquisition were $320 and $450 respectively.
In addition to this P agreed to pay a further amount on 1 April, 2010 that was contingent upon the post-acquisition performance of S. At
the date of acquisition P assessed the fair value of this contingent consideration at $42 million, but by 31 March, 2010 it was clear that the
actual amount to be paid would be only $27 million (ignore discounting). P has recorded the share exchange and provided for the initial
estimate of $42 million for the contingent consideration
At the date of acquisition the fair values of Ss property, plant and equipment was equal to its carrying amount with the exception of Ss
factory which had a fair value of $2 million above its carrying amount. S has not adjusted the carrying amount of the factory as a result
of the fair value exercise. This requires additional annual depreciation of $100,000 in the consolidated financial statements in the postacquisition period.
Also at the date of acquisition, S had an intangible asset of $500,000 for software in its statement of financial position. Ps directors believed
the software to have no recoverable value at the date of acquisition and S wrote it off shortly after its acquisition
Ps policy is to value the non-controlling interest at fair value at the date of acquisition. For this purpose Ss share price at that date can be
deemed to be representative of the fair value of the shares held by the non-controlling interest.
219
220
Paper F7
Question 10
On 1 October, 2010 P purchased 75% of the equity shares in S. The acquisition was through a share exchange of two shares in P for every
three shares in S. The stock market price of Ps shares at 1 October, 2010 was $4 per share.
The following information is relevant:P
$000
$000
250,000
160,000
Share premium
100,000
nil
8,400
nil
3,200
2,200
90,000
125,000
Revaluation reserve (land)

Other equity reserve
(re equity financial asset investment)
Retained earnings
(i) Ps policy is to revalue the groups land to market value at the end of each accounting period. Prior to its acquisition Ss land had
been valued at historical cost. During the post acquisition period Ss land had increased in value over its value at the date of
acquisition by $1 million. S has recognised the revaluation within its own financial statements.
(ii) Ps policy is to value the non-controlling interest of S at the date of acquisition at its fair value which the directors determined to be
$100 million.
Question 11
On 1 October, 2010, P secured a majority equity shareholding in S on the following terms:
an immediate payment of $4 per share on 1 October, 2010; and a further amount deferred until 1 October 2011 of $54 million.
The immediate payment has been recorded in Ps financial statements, but the deferred payment has not been recorded. Ps cost of capital
is 8% per annum.
Extracts from the two statements of financial position as at 30 September, 2011:
P
50,000
10,000
25,700
12,000
for the year ended 30 September, 2011
9,200
6,000
Investment in S (8 million shares at $4 each)
32,000

Retained earnings
at 1 October, 2010
Ps policy is to value the non-controlling interest at fair value at the date of acquisition. For this purpose the directors of P considered a
share price for S of $350 per share to be appropriate.
At the date of acquisition, the fair values of Ss property, plant and equipment was equal to its carrying amount with the exception of
Ss plant which had a fair value of $4 million above its carrying amount. At that date the plant had a remaining life of four years. S uses
straight-line depreciation for plant assuming a nil residual value.
Also at the date of acquisition, P valued Ss customer relationships as a customer base intangible asset at fair value of $3 million. S has not
accounted for this asset. Trading relationships with Ss customers last on average for six years
Paper F7
Question 12
On 1 April, 2011, P acquired 80% of Ss equity shares by means of an immediate share exchange and a cash payment of 88 cents per
acquired share, deferred until 1 April, 2012. P has recorded the share exchange, but not the cash consideration. Ps cost of capital is 10%
per annum.
Extracts from the two statements of financial position as at 31 March, 2012:
P
25,000
10,000
Share premium
17,600
at 1 April 2011
16,200
18,000
14,000
8,000
Retained earnings
Investment in S
24,000
At the date of acquisition, P conducted a fair value exercise on Ss net assets which were equal to their carrying amounts with the following
exceptions:
An item of plant had a fair value of $3 million above its carrying amount. At the date of acquisition it had a remaining life of five
years. Ignore deferred tax relating to this fair value.
S had an unrecorded deferred tax liability of $1 million, which was unchanged as at 31 March, 2012.
Ps policy is to value the non-controlling interest at fair value at the date of acquisition. For this purpose a share price for S of $350 each is
representative of the fair value of the shares held by the non-controlling interest.
Question 13
On 1 October, 2012, P acquired 75% of Ss equity shares by means of a share exchange of two new shares in P for every five acquired shares
in S. In addition, P issued to the shareholders of S a $100 10% loan note for every 1,000 shares it acquired in S. P has not recorded any of
the purchase consideration, although it does have other 10% loan notes already in issue.
The market value of Ps shares at 1 October, 2012 was $2 each.
Extracts from the two statements of financial position at 31 March 2013:
40,000
20,000
19,200
(4,000)
7,400
8,000
Retained earnings/(losses)
at 1 April 2012
At the date of acquisition, S produced a draft statement of profit or loss which showed it had made a net loss after tax of $2 million at that
date. P accepted this figure as the basis for calculating the pre- and post-acquisition split of Ss profit for the year ended 31 March, 2013.
Also at the date of acquisition, P conducted a fair value exercise on Ss net assets which were equal to their carrying amounts (including Ss
financial asset equity investments) with the exception of an item of plant which had a fair value of $3 million below its carrying amount.
The plant had a remaining economic life of three years at 1 October, 2012.
Ps policy is to value the non-controlling interest at fair value at the date of acquisition. For this purpose, a share price for S of $120 each is
representative of the fair value of the shares held by the non-controlling interest.
221
222
Paper F7
Question 14
On 1 April, 2013, P acquired 75% of the equity share capital of S. S had been experiencing difficult trading conditions and making significant
losses. In allowing for Ss difficulties, P made an immediate cash payment of only $150 per share. In addition, P will pay a further amount
in cash on 30 September, 2014 if S returns to profitability by that date. The value of this contingent consideration at the date of acquisition
was estimated to be $18 million, but at 30 September, 2013 in the light of continuing losses, its value was estimated at only $15 million.
The contingent consideration has not been recorded by P. Overall, the directors of P expect the acquisition to be a bargain purchase
leading to negative goodwill.
At the date of acquisition shares in S had a listed market price of $120 each.
At the date of acquisition, the fair values of Ss assets were equal to exception of a leased property. This had a fair value of $2 million above
its carrying amount and a remaining lease term of 10 years at that date. All depreciation is included in cost of sales
Ps policy is to value the non-controlling interest at fair value at the date of acquisition. For this purpose, Ss share price at that date can be
deemed to be representative of the fair value of the shares held by the non-controlling interest.
Question 15
On 1 October, 2013, P acquired 90 million of Ss 150 million $1 equity shares. The acquisition was achieved through a share exchange of
one share in P for every three shares in S. At that date the stock market prices of Ps and Ss shares were $4 and $250 per share respectively.
Additionally, P will pay $154 cash on 30 September, 2014 for each share acquired. Ps finance cost is 10% per annum.
The retained earnings of S brought forward at 1 April, 2013 were $120 million and S profit after tax for the year ended 31 March, 2014 was
$80,000
The following information is relevant:
A fair value exercise conducted on 1 October, 2013 concluded that the carrying amounts of Ss net assets were equal to their fair values
with the following exceptions:

the fair value of Ss land was $2 million in excess of its carrying amount
an item of plant had a fair value of $6 million in excess of its carrying amount. The plant had a remaining life of two years at the date
of acquisition. Plant depreciation is charged to cost of sales.
P placed a value of $5 million on Ss good trading relationships with its customers. P expected, on average, a customer relationship
to last for a further five years. Amortisation of intangible assets is charged to administrative expenses.
Ps policy is to value the non-controlling interest at the date of acquisition at its fair value. For this purpose, the share price of S at
that date (1 October, 2013) is representative of the fair value of the shares held by the non-controlling interest.
Question 16
On 1 January, 2014 P acquired 80% of the $1 equity shares in S. The consideration was settled by a share for share exchange of 2 shares
in P for every 3 shares in S acquired. At the date of acquisition the respective fair values for the shares in P and in S were $3 and $2.50. In
addition, P has agreed to pay 27.5 cents per share acquired on 1 January, 2015.
The directors of P value non-controlling interests on a fair value basis and the share price of the S shares can be taken to be representative
of the fair value. Ps cost of capital is 10% per annum.
Profits for the year for P and for S were $8,000 and $2,000 respectively
At the date of acquisition the carrying value of the S net assets was equal to their fair value with the exception of the S property that had
a fair value $4 million in excess of its carrying value
Extracts from the two companies financial statements as at 30 September 2014 were:

P S
$1 Equity shares
10,000
9,000
Revaluation surplus
2,000
Retained earnings
6,300
3,500
Paper F7
11 Revenue
Question 1
Revenue includes $16 million for goods sold to a customer on 1 October, 2008. The terms of the sale are that the company will incur
ongoing service and support costs of $12 million per annum for three years after the sale. The company normally makes a gross profit of
40% on such servicing and support work. Ignore the time value of money.
What adjustment is necessary to the financial statements as at 31 March, 2009?
Question 2
Revenue includes goods sold and despatched in September 2011 on a 30-day right of return basis. Their selling price was $24 million
and they were sold at a gross profit margin of 25%. The company is uncertain as to whether any of these goods will be returned within
the 30-day period.
What adjustment is necessary to the financial statements as at 30 September 2011?
Question 3
On 1 October, 2011, the first day of the accounting period, the company sold one of its products for $10 million and included this amount
in revenue. As part of the sale agreement, the company is committed to the ongoing servicing of this product until 30 September, 2014
(i.e. three years from the date of sale). The value of this service has been included in the selling price of $10 million. The estimated cost to
the company of the servicing is $600,000 per annum and the normal gross profit margin on this type of servicing is 25%.
What adjustment, if any, is necessary to the financial statements as at 30 September 2012? Ignore discounting.
Question 4
Revenue includes the sale of $10 million of maturing inventory
made to a customer on 1 October, 2012. The cost of the goods at the date of sale was $7 million and the company has an option to
repurchase these goods at any time within three years of the sale at a price of $10 million plus accrued interest from the date of sale at
10% per annum. At 31 March, 2013, the financial year end, the option had not been exercised, but it is highly likely that it will be before
the date it lapses.
What adjustment is necessary to the financial statements as at 30 September 2012?
Question 5
Revenue includes an amount of $20 million for cash sales made through the companys retail outlets during the year on behalf of Francais.
The company, acting as agent for Francais, is entitled to a commission of 10% of the selling price of these goods. By 31 March, 2014, the
company had remitted to Francais $15 million (of the $20 million sales) and recorded this amount in cost of sales.
What adjustment is necessary to the financial statements?
223
224
Paper F7
12 Financial Instruments
Calculate the figures to be included within each entitys financial statements
Question 1
A 5% convertible loan note was issued for proceeds of $20 million on 1 October, 2007. It has an effective interest rate of 8% due to the
value of its conversion option. What figure should be included as finance charges in the statement of profit or loss for the year ended 31
March, 2008?
Question 2
The 5% loan note was issued on 1 April, 2009 at its nominal (face) value of $20 million. The direct costs of the issue were $500,000 and
these have been charged to administrative expenses. The loan note will be redeemed on 31 March, 2012 at a substantial premium. The
effective finance cost of the loan note is 10% per annum. What figures should appear in the financial statements for the year ended 30
September, 2009
Question 3
The 8% $30 million convertible loan note was issued on 1 April, 2010 at par. Interest is payable annually in arrears on 31 March each year.
The loan note is redeemable at par on 31 March, 2013 or convertible into equity shares at the option of the loan note holders on the basis
of 30 equity shares for each $100 of loan note. The companys finance director has calculated that to issue an equivalent loan note without
the conversion rights it would have to pay an interest rate of 10% per annum to attract investors.
The present value of $1 receivable at the end of each year, based on discount rates of 8% and 10% are:
End of year
8%
10%
093
091
086
083
079
075
What value should appear as the interest charge for the year ended 31 March, 2011
Question 4
On 1 April, 2013 the company issued a 5% $50 million convertible loan note at par. Interest is payable annually in arrears on 31 March,
each year. The loan note is redeemable at par or convertible into equity shares at the option of the loan note holders on 31 March, 2016.
The interest on an equivalent loan note without the conversion rights would be 8% per annum.
The present values of $1 receivable at the end of each year, based on discount rates of 5% and 8%, are:
End of year
5%
8%
095
093
091
086
086
079
What value should appear as the interest charge for the year ended 31 March, 2014 and what is the value of the equity
element?
Paper F7
Paper F7
MINI EXERCISES ANSWERS
Cost of Sales
Answer 1
Sales
Op Inv.
Purchases
300,000
15,000
243,000
258,000
Cl Inv.
(18,000)
Cost of sales
240,000
Gross Profit
60,000
Answer
243,000
Answer 2
Sales
Op Inv
Purchases
450,000
58,333
400,000
458,333
Cl Inv.
(75,833)
Cost of sales
382,500
Gross profit
67,500
Answer
58,333
Answer 3
Sales
Op Inv.
Purchases
500,000
20,000
440,000
460,000
Cl Inv.
(15,555)
Cost of sales
444,445
Gross profit
55,555
Answer
15,555
225
226
Paper F7

2
Intra-group pup
100
So 20/120 2/3 60,000 = 6,667
In H

Cost
75
So 25/120 3/4 40,000 = 7,500
In S

70
So 30/100 100% 80,000 = 24,000
In A

100
So 20/120 66,000 = 11,000
In A

100
So 30/130 40% 100,000 = 9,231
In A

60
So 40/100 100% 30,000 = 12,000
In A


+
Profit
20
Selling Price
120
retained earnings
inventory
25
6,667
6,667
100
retained earnings
inventory
30
7,500
7,500
100
retained earnings
inventory
20
24,000
24,000
120
retained earnings
inventory
30
11,000
11,000
130
retained earnings
inventory
40
9,231
9,231
100
retained earnings
inventory
12,000
12,000
75
So 25/100 0 20,000 = nil
No adjustment necessary
25
100
100
So 10/110 5,500 = 500
In A

10
110
retained earnings
inventory
500
500
100
So 30/130 0 90,000 = nil
No adjustment necessary
30
130
10
100
So 40/140 60% 22,000 = 3,771
In A

40
140
retained earnings
inventory
3,771
3,771
Paper F7

Cost
11
12
13
14
15
16
17

+
Profit
80
So 20/100 x 1/3 x 15,000 = 1,000
In P Dr retained earnings
Cr inventory
20
100
So 50/150 x 100% x 1,800 = 600
Cr inventory
50
Selling Price
100
1,000
150
600
30m
So 10/40 x 12 = 3,000
In S Dr retained earnings
Cr inventory
10m
100
So 30/130 x 2.6m = 600
Cr inventory
30
100
So 50/150 x 11,600 = 3,867
Cr inventory
50
100
So 25/125 x 1.5m = 300
Cr inventory
25
100
So 15/115 x 4.6m = 600
Cr inventory
15
1,000
600
40m
3,000
3,000
130
600
600
150
3,867
3,867
125
300
300
115
600
600
18
So 1.5/9 x 3.6 = 600
In S Dr retained earnings
Cr inventory
19
20
600
100
So 25/125 x 1/5 x 20 = 800
Cr inventory
25
100
So 25/125 x 600 = 120
In P Dr Retained earnings
25
600
125
800
800
125
120
120
227
228
Paper F7

3
Goodwill
Answer 1
(a)
Cost of investment
900,000
380,000
1,280,000
NA @ doa
Shares
800,000
Ret ears
400,000
1,200,000
Goodwill
(b)
80,000
Cost of investment
900,000
384,000
1,284,000
NA @ doa
(c)
as above
1,200,000
Goodwill
84,000
Cost of investment
900,000
360,000
1,260,000
NA @ doa
as above
1,200,000
Goodwill
60,000
Answer 2
(a)
Cost of investment
1,300,000
310,000
1,610,000
NA @ doa
Shares
Ret ears
1,000,000
500,000
1,500,000
Goodwill
110,000
Paper F7

(b)
Cost of investment
1,300,000
316,000
1,616,000
NA @ doa
as above
1,500,000
Goodwill
(c)
116,000
Cost of investment
1,300,000
300,000
1,600,000
NA @ doa
as above
1,500,000
Goodwill
100,000
Answer 3
(a)
Cost of investment
350,000
110,000
460,000
NA @ doa
Shares
300,000
Ret ears
100,000
400,000
Goodwill
(b)
60,000
Cost of investment
350,000
105,000
455,000
NA @ doa
as above
Goodwill
(c)
400,000
55,000
Cost of investment
350,000
Nci investment valuation (25% x 400,000)
100,000
450,000
NA @ doa
as above
Goodwill
400,000
50,000
229
230
Paper F7

4
Goodwill impairments
Answer 1
(a)
Cost of investment
470,000
305,000
775,000
NA @ doa
Shares
500,000
Ret ears
200,000
700,000
Goodwill
75,000
Impairment 40%
(30,000)
45,000
(Nci share of impairment 40% x 30,000
(b)
12,000)
Cost of investment
470,000
300,000
770,000
NA @ doa
700,000
as above
Goodwill
70,000
Impairment 40%
28,000
42,000
(c)
11,200)
Cost of investment
470,000
NA @ doa
as above
700,000
H's share
60%
420,000
50,000
Nci goodwill (given)
15,000
Goodwill
65,000
Impairment 40%
26,000
39,000
(d)
10,400)
Cost of investment
470,000
Nci investment valuation (40% x 700,000)
280,000
750,000
NA @ doa
as above
700,000
Goodwill
50,000
Impairment
20,000
30,000
Paper F7
Answer 2
(a)
420,000
340,000
760,000
Cost of investment
NA @ doa
Shares
Ret ears
300,000
400,000
700,000
60,000
36,000
24,000
16,200)
Goodwill
Impairment 60%
(b)
420,000
324,000
744,000
Cost of investment
NA @ doa
as above
Goodwill
Impairment 60%
700,000
44,000
26,400
17,600
11,880)

(c)
420,000
Cost of investment
NA @ doa
as above
H's share
700,000
55%

Goodwill
Impairment 60%
(d)
Cost of investment
Nci investment valuation 45% x 700,000
NA @ doa
as above
Goodwill
Impairment 60%
385,000
35,000
10,000
45,000
27,000
18,000
12,150)
420,000
315,000
735,000
700,000
35,000
21,000
14,000
231
232
Paper F7
Answer 3
(a)
350,000
85,000
435,000
Cost of investment
NA @ doa
Shares
Ret ears
250,000
100,000
350,000
85,000
42,500
42,500
8,500)
Goodwill
Impairment 50%
(b)
350,000
80,000
430,000
Cost of investment
NA @ doa
as above
Goodwill
Impairment 50%
350,000
80,000
40,000
40,000
8,000)

(c)
350,000
Cost of investment
NA @ doa
as above
H's share
350,000
80%

Goodwill
Impairment 50%
(d)
Cost of investment
NA @ doa
as above
Goodwill
Impairment 50%
280,000
70,000
13,000
83,000
41,500
41,500
8,300)
350,000
70,000
420,000
350,000
70,000
35,000
35,000
Paper F7

5
Excess depreciation & pup
Answer 1
H
?
40,000
?
40,000 is pup
So in H

retained earnings
40,000
TNCA 40,000
Answer 2
S
100,000
4 yrs dep
(40,000)
5,000
60,000
65,000
8,000
9,000
52,000
1,000 xs dep
56,000
So, in S
retained earnings 4,000
TNCA 4,000
Answer 3
1,000
4,000
5,000
(800)
(1,000)
200
So, in P
Dr
retained earnings
800
Cr
TNCA 800
Non current assets
Answer 1
Land
On purchase
depreciation to last year (15 yrs)
revaluation
Buildings
70,000
200,000
60,000
70,000
140,000
10,000
35,000
80,000
175,000
So DR Land
10,000

DR Accumulated depreciation
35,000
CR
Revaluation reserve 45,000
and

DR Depreciation expense (cos)
5,000
CR
Accumulated depreciation 5,000
and

DR Revaluation reserve
1,000

CR S of Comp Inc
1,000
Investment property of Kala
Plant depreciation 15% (156,000-26,000)
15% 130,000

19,500
CR
233
234
Paper F7
Plant as finance lease

DR TNCA leased plant
92,000
CR
OUFL a/c 92,000

18,400
CR

DR OUFL a/c
22,000

CR Rental of leased plant
22,000

(to correct incorrect accounting treatment)

DR Finance costs (finance lease interest)

10% 70,000
7,000
CR
OUFL a/c 7,000
Answer 2
Land
at valuation
Buildings
30,000
100,000
5,000
30,000
95,000
depreciation for yr to 2008

revaluation deficit
3,000
30,000
92,000
So DR Revaluation reserve
3,000
CR
Buildings 3,000
and

DR Depreciation expense
5,000
CR
split
60% (3,000) to cost of sales
20% (1,000) to distribution costs
20% (1,000) to administrative expense
own made plant costs
24,000
So

DR Depreciation expense 12 6/12 24,000
1,500
CR
and

DR TNCA 24,000

CR Cost of sales
24,000
Answer 3

DR Depreciation expense, buildings
11,000
CR

DR Buildings accumulated depreciation
6,000
CR
Revaluation reserve 6,000

DR Depreciation expense, plant
36,100
CR

DR

Investments at fair value through profit and loss

1,000
CR S of CI
1,000
Paper F7
Answer 4

DR Depreciation expense (cos), leasehold property
2,500
CR

4,500
CR
Leasehold property 4,500

DR Sales revenue
2,500
CR
Plant 8,000

DR Plant Accumulated depreciation
4,000

DR Disposal account
8,000
CR
Disposal account 4,000
CR

DR S of CI
1,500
CR

DR

Depreciation expense (cos)

9,600
CR Accumulated depreciation (plant)

Development expenditure

1.10.08 31.12.08

1.1.09 31.3.09

1.4.09 30.9.09

So,

9,600
1,400
2,400
4,800
3,800 correctly expensed in cost of sales

4,800 should be capitalised
and amortise 20 million @ 20%
4,000

DR R + D Amortisation
4,000
CR
Accumulation amortisation 4,000
Answer 5

DR S of CI Impairment of property
,300
CR
leasehold property ,300

DR


8,500
CR Accumulated depreciation (plant)
8,500

DR


5,000
CR Accumulated depreciation (leased plant)
5,000

Dr


1,000
Cr
Accum depreciation (building)
1,000

Dr


9,000
Cr
Accum depreciation (PPE)
9,000

Dr

Amortisation (cos)
Cr
Accum amortisation (brand)
1,500
Answer 6
1,500

Dr
Impairment (cos)
4,500
Cr
Brand (INCA) 4,500

Dr

Amortisation (cos)
2,500
Cr
Accum amortisation (brand)
2,500
235
236
Paper F7

Answer 7

Dr


1,500
Cr
1,500

Dr

Impairment (cos)
4,000
Cr
Leashold property (PPE)
4,000

Dr


6,600
Cr
Plant and equipment (PPE)
6,600

Dr


2,000
Cr
2,000

Dr

Land and Buildings (PPE)

800
Cr
Revaluation reserve (Equity)
800

Dr


5,500
Cr
5,500

Dr

New plant (PPE)

4,000
Cr
Prov for contamination (Provs)
4,000

Dr


1,400
Cr
1,400

Dr

Finance charges (P or L expenses)

400
Cr
Prov for contamination (Provs)
400

Dr

Dr

Land (PPE)
5,000
10,000
Cr
15,000

Dr


2,500
Cr
2,500

Dr


10,000
Cr
10,000
Answer 8
Answer 9
Answer 10

Dr
Plant (PPE)
10,000
Cr
Materials (cos) 3,000
Cr
Labour (cos) 4,000

Cr
Production overheads (cos)
3,000

Dr


6,000
Cr
6,000

Dr


1,000
Cr
1,000

Dr


8,000
Cr
8,000

Dr


3,000
Cr
3,000
Paper F7

Answer 11

Dr

Accum amortisation (property)

4,000
Cr
4,000

Dr

Amortisation expense (cos)

4,500
Cr
Accum amortisation (property)
4,500

Dr


500
Cr
Retained earnings (Equity)
500

Dr


5,000
Cr
5,000

Dr

Plant (PPE)
25,000
Cr
Finance lease creditor (liabs)
Cr
Lease payments (expenses)
23,000
2,000

Dr

Finance lease creditors (liabilities)

6,000
Cr
Lease payments (expenses)
6,000

Dr

Finance lease interest (fin charges)

2,300
Cr
Finance lease creditors (liabs)
2,300

Dr


5,000
Cr
Accum depreciation (leased ppe)
5,000

Dr


2,800
Cr
2,800

Dr

Dr

Dr

Land (TNCA)
2,000
Buildings (TNCA)
8,000
Accum depreciation (buildings)
8,000
Cr
18,000

Dr


1,000
Cr
Retained earnings (Equity)
1,000

Dr


7,500
Cr
7,500

Dr


3,000
Cr
3,000
Answer 12
Answer 13

Dr


Cr
400
400

Dr


Cr
600
600

Dr

Dr

Land (PPE)
Cr
2,000
5,000
7,000

Dr


Cr
2,500
2,500

Dr


Cr
13,200
13,200
237
238
Paper F7

Answer 14

Dr

Dr

Land (PPE)
Cr
4,000
400
4,400

Dr


Cr
2,400
2,400

Dr

Dr

Finance lease interest (fin charges)

Finance lease creditor (liabs)
Cr
Lease rental paid (expenses)
2,930
6,270
9,200

Dr


Cr
Accum depreciation (owned PPE)
6,000
6,000

Dr


Cr
Accum depreciation (leased PPE)
7,000
7,000
Loan interest / preference dividends
Answer 1
8% 50,000 = 4,000 loan interest for a full year

But its only for 9 months, so S of C1 should be charged with 9/12 4,000 = 3,000
Only 2,000 is in the trial balance
need to accrue 1,000 (ie 3,000 2,000)

DR

Finance costs
1,000
CR Current liabilities
1,000
Answer 2
8% 20,000 = 1,600 pref div for a full year

But, effective rate is 12%
So full charge should be 12% 20,000 = 2,400 for a full year
But these are only in issue for 6 months
Therefore correct charge in S of CI is 6/12 12% 20,000 ie, 1,200
In trial balance, 800 has been paid
Therefore need to accrue a further 400

DR

Finance Costs
400
CR Long term liability
400
Answer 3
6% 80,000 = 4,800 loan interest for a full year

But this is only a 6 month loan
So correct S of CI charge is 6/12 6% 80,000 ie, 2,400
In trial balance, 800 has been paid
Therefore need to accrue a further 1,600

DR Finance costs
1,600

CR 2% loan note 2010
1,600
Answer 4
10% 41,600 = 4,160

Trial balance includes only 2,400
Therefore need to accrue the difference 1,760 (4,160 2,400)

DR

Finance costs
1,760
CR 6% redeemable pref shares
1,760
Paper F7
Answer 5
24m @ 8% = 1.92m
24m @ 6% =1.50m
Difference
420,000

Dr

Loan interest (finance charges)

420,000
Cr
6% loan account (liabilities)
420,000
Loan interest in the profit or loss account

192,000
6% loan on statement of financial position 24,420,000
Answer 6
40m @ 10% = 4m

Dr

Loan interest (finance charges)

4m
Cr
Loan account (liabilities)
4m
Taxation
Answer 1

DR S of CI taxation (current)
28.3

DR S of CI taxation (deferred) (14.1-12.5)
1.6
CR
Current liabilities 28.3
CR
Deferred liabilities 1.6
Answer 2

17.1

CR S of CI taxation (current)
1.2
CR

DR Deferred liabilities
1.2
Answer 3

11.4
CR

.8
CR
Deferred liabilities 2.0

1.2
Answer 4

11.4

DR S of CI taxation (deferred)
.2
CR
CR
Deferred liabilities
.2
Answer 5

DR Deferred liability
2.8
CR
Current liability

DR S of CI
2.4
CR
Current liability
2.8
2.4
Answer 6

Dr
Deferred Tax
1,500
Cr
Current Tax 1,500

Dr
Profit or Loss
16,800
Cr
Current Tax 16,800
239
240
Paper F7
Answer 7

Dr
Deferred Tax
1,800
Cr
Current Tax 1,800

Dr
Profit or Loss
8,800
Cr
Current Tax 8,800
Answer 8

Dr
Deferred Tax
250

Cr
Current Tax
250

Dr
Profit or Loss
6,250
Cr
Current Tax
6,250
Answer 9

Dr
Current Tax
400

Dr
Revaluation Reserve
3,750
Cr
Deferred Tax 4,150

Dr
Profit or Loss
19,000
Cr
Current Tax 19,000
Answer 10

Dr
Current Tax
1,800
Cr
Deferred Tax 1,800

Dr
Profit or Loss
26,100
Cr
Current Tax 26,100
Answer 11

Dr
Deferred Tax
200
Cr
Current Tax 200

Dr
Current Tax
1,800

Cr
Profit or Loss
1,800
Answer 12

Dr
Deferred Tax
1,700
Cr
Current Tax 1,700

Dr
Profit or Loss
6,800
Cr
Current Tax 6,800
Answer 13

Dr
Current Tax
3,200
Cr
Deferred Tax 3,200

Dr
Profit or Loss
29,200
Cr
Current Tax 29,200
Answer 14

Dr
Revaluation Reserve
1,100
Cr
Deferred Tax 1,100

Dr
Deferred Tax
2,000
Cr
Current Tax 2,000

Dr
Profit or Loss
350
Cr
Current Tax 350
Answer 15

Dr
Current Tax
3,700
Cr
Deferred Tax 3,700

Dr
Profit or Loss
34,900
Cr
Current Tax 34,900
Answer 16

Dr
Deferred Tax
200
Cr
Current Tax 200

Dr
Profit or Loss
1,100
Cr
Current Tax 1,100
Paper F7

9
Sundry
Answer 1
Opening inventory
37,800
Purchases
78,200
116,000
Less closing inventory
43,200
Cost of sales (answer)
72,800
Answer 2

DR Suspense account
24,000
CR
Share capital 15,000
CR
Share premium 9,000

Answer 20c per share
Answer 3
DR Revenue
2,600
CR
Receivables 2,600

DR Inventory (S of FP)
2,000

CR Cost of Sales
2,000
Answer 4
20% Chance of losing

80% chance of winning
No provision required, just a disclosure note
So, DR Provisions
,400
CR
Administrative expenses ,400
but, DR Administrative expenses
,100
CR
Provisions ,100
Answer 5
DR Revenue
8,000

CR Cost of Sales
6,400
CR
Commissions receivable 1,600
Answer 6

DR Retained earnings b/f
1,500

DR Retained earnings this year S of CI
2,500
CR
Receivables 4,000
Answer 7
Revenue recognised 22/50 50m
22,000
Answer 1
Costs recognised 22/50 (12 +8 +10)
13,200
Answer 2
Profit recognised
Costs to date 12 + (6/24 8)
8,800
14,000
+ Attributable profit
8,800
- Amount received
22,800
5,700
17,100
Answer 3
241
242
Paper F7
Answer 8
Contract is for
40m
Total costs are
32m
Contract profit is
8m
Contract is (per question) 30% complete and 30% x 8m is 2.4m profit to be recognised
Revenue recognised 30% x 40m
12,000
Costs (balancing figure)
9,600
Profit recognised
2,400
Costs to date (8 + 3 depreciation)

Attributable profit
11,000
2,400
13,400
Amounts invoiced
13,400
Answer 9
Dr Revenue
8,000
Cr
Receivables 8,000
Answer 10

Dr
Receivables
10,000
Cr
Administrative expenses 1,300
Cr
Loan 8,700

Dr

Receivables allowances
600
Cr
Receivables
600
Answer 11
Inventory per question
36,000
Deduct receipts after year end
(2,700)
33,300
Add back sales at cost sold after year end 100 / 130 x 7,800
Adjusted closing inventory
6,000
39,300
Answer 12
18,000 shares issued @ 75 cents each = 13,500

Dr

Suspense account
13,500
Cr
Share capital 18,000 @ 50 cents
Cr
Share premium 18,000 @ (75 - 50)
Rights fraction calculation

5
1.20
6.00
75
75
1.125
6.75
Each share has a theoretical value of 6.75/6 = 1.125

So the rights fraction is 1.20/1.125
9,000
4,500
Paper F7
10 Goodwill
Answer 1 Petras & Signe
Cost of investment
Shares issued 3,000,000/2 1 $6
9,000,000
3,000,000
Cash 3,000,000 $1
Nci investment
12,000,000
NA @ doa
2,500,000
14,500,000
Shares
4,000,000
Ret ears
6,500,000
fv adjustment, land
(500,000)
10,000,000
Goodwill
4,500,000
Impairment
900,000
3,600,000
Answer 2 Pyotr & Suzanna

Cost of investment
Shares 18,000,000/3 2 $5.75
69,000,000
Cash 18,000,000 2.42/1.1/1.1
36,000,000
30,000,000
Nci investment
135,000,000
NA@ doa
Shares
24,000,000
Ret ears b/fwd
69,000,000
Ret ears 4 months
4,500,000
fv adjustment, property
4,100,000
Plant
2,400,000
104,000,000
31,000,000
Impairment
2,000,000
29,000,000
Answer 3 Patricija & Sergejus

Cost of investment
Shares 60% 4/3 2 $6
9,600,000
NA @ doa
Shares
4,000,000
Ret ears b/f
3,500,000
Ret ears 6 months
1,500,000
fv adjustment, plant
2,000,000
11,000,000
Ps share
60% 6,600,000
3,000,000
Nci goodwill, per question
1,500,000
Goodwill
4,500,000
243
244
Paper F7
Answer 4 Pious & Sebastian

Cost of investment
Cash
210,000
Loan note 116/200 x $100
58,000
65,000
333,000
NA@ doa
Shares
145,000
Ret ears
120,000
fv adjustments, property
20,000
brand
25,000
310,000
Goodwill
23,000
Answer 5 Panda & Sloth

Cost of investment
80% 120/5 3 $6
345,600,000
76,800,000
422,400,000
NA@ doa
Shares
120,000,000
Ret ears brought forward
152,000,000
Ret ears 6 months
10,500,000
fv adjustments, plant
5,000,000
domain name
20,000,000
307,500,000
Goodwill
114,900,000
Answer 6 Peter & Simon

Cost of investment
Shares 75% 8m /23 $3.20
28,800,000
Cash, contingent consideration
4,200,000
Nci investment valuation 25% 8m $4.50
9,000,000
42,000,000
NA@ doa
Shares
8,000,000
16,500,000
fv adjustment, factory
2,000,000
software
(500,000)
26,000,000
Goodwill
Impairment
16,000,000
3,800,000
12,200,000
Paper F7
Answer 7 Prime & Suspect

Cost of investment
Shares 80% 5000 / 5 3 $5
12,000,000
Loan note 80% 5000 / 500 100
800,000
Nci investment valuation 20% 5,000 $3.50
3,500,000
16,300,000
NA @ doa
Shares
5,000,000
600,000
Ret ears 8 months
2,600,000
fv adjustments, property
(1,200,000)
7,000,000
Goodwill
9,300,000
Answer 8
Share issue
80% x 120,000 / 5 x 3 x $6
Nci
20% x 120,000 x $3.20
345,600
76,800
422,400
FV of SNA @ DoA
shares
120,000
ret ears b/f
152,000
ret ears 6 months
(21,000 + 2,000)/2
11,500
fv adjustments
- plant
5,000
domain
20,000
308,500
Goodwill
$113,900
Answer 9
Cash
8,000 x 75% / 2 x 3 x $3.20
28,800
Contingent consideration (per question)

Nci
4,200
8,000 x 25% x $4,50
9,000
42,000
FV of SNA @ DoA
Shares
Ret ears
8,000
16,500
FV adjustments
Factory
2,000
Software
(500)
26,000
Goodwill
16,000
245
246
Paper F7
Answer 10
shares
160,000 x 75% / 3 x 2 x $4
320,000
nci
(per question)
100,000
420,000
FV of SNA @ DoA
Shares
160,000
Other equity
2,200
Ret ears
125,000
287,200
Goodwill
132,800
Answer 11
Cash
8m x $4 (per question)
32,000
Deferred cash
$5.4m / 1.08
5,000
Nci
2m x $3.50
7,000
44,000
FV of SNA @ DoA
Shares
10,000
Ret ears
12,000
FV adjustments:
Plant
4,000
Customer relations
3,000
29,000
15,000
Goodwill
Answer 12
Shares
10,000 x 80% x $3 (per question)
24,000
Deferred cash
10,000 x 80% x 88c / 1.10
6,400
Nci
10,000 x 20% x $3.50
7,000
37,400
FV of SNA @ DoA
Shares
10,000
Ret ears
18,000
FV adjustments:
Plant
Deferred tax
3,000
(1,000)
30,000
Goodwill
7,400
Paper F7
Answer 13
Shares
Loan note
Nci
12,000
1,500
6,000
19,500
20,000 x 75% / 5 x 2 x $2
20,000 x 75% / 1,000 x 100
20,000 x 25% x $1.20
FV of SNA @ DoA
Shares
Ret ears b/f
Ret ears 6 months per question
FV adjustments:
Plant
20,000
( 4,000)
( 2,000)
( 3,000)
Goodwill
11,000
8,500
Answer 14
Shares
6,000 x 2 x 75% x $1.50
Deferred cash payment at valuation
Nci
6,000 x 2 x 25% x $1.20
13,500
1,800
3,600
18,900
FV of SNA @ DoA
Shares
Ret ears b/f
Ret ears 6 months (6/12 x $(4,600))
FV adjustments:
Leasehold property
6,000
16,600
( 2,300)
2,000
Negative goodwill
22,300
( 3,400)
Answer 15
Shares
Deferred cash
Nci
120,000
126,000
150,000
396,000
90m/3 x $4
90m x $1.54 / 1.10
60m x $2.50
FV of SNA @ DoA
Shares
Ret ears b/f
Ret ears 6 months (6/12 x $80,000)
FV adjustments:
Land
Plant
Trading relationship
150,000
120,000
40,000
2,000
6,000
5,000
Goodwill
323,000
73,000
Answer 16
Shares
Deferred cash
Nci
14,400
1,800
4,500
20,700
80% x 9,000/3 x 2 x $3
80% x 9,000 x 27.5/1.10
20% x 9,000 x $2.50
FV of SNA @ DoA
Shares
Ret earnings b/f
Ret earnings 6 months
FV adjustments: Land
Goodwill
9,000
1,500
1,000
4,000
15,500
$5,200
247
248
Paper F7
11 Revenue
Answer 1
Dr Revenue
5m

Cr
Deferred income
(2.5 years at $2 million per year)
5m
Answer 2

Dr Revenue
2.4m
Cr
Receivables 2.4m

Dr

Answer 3

Dr

Inventory
1.8m
Cr
Cost of sales
1.8m
Revenue
1.6m
Cr Deferred income
1.6m
(2 years at $800,000 per year)
Answer 4
Dr Revenue
10m
Cr
Loan Account 10m

Dr
Finance charges
1m

Cr
Liabilities / accruals
Dr Inventory
7m

Cr
Cost of sales
1m
7m
Answer 5

Dr

Revenue
20m
Cr Cost of sales
Cr Commission income
Cr Liabilities (Francais)
12 Financial Instruments
Answer 1
$800,000
Answer 2
$975,000
Answer 3
$218,182 and equity $6,903,156
Answer 4
$2,325,000 and equity $4,060,000
15m
2m
3m
Paper F7

PRACTICE QUESTIONS
Mobile
Mobile, a pharmaceutical manufacturing entity, has an authorised share capital of 800,000 equity shares of 50c each.
Balances extracted from Mobile accounting records as at 31 March, 20X9 showed the following position:
Rent expenses
Heat and light
Carriage outwards
Bad debts
Insurance premiums
- buildings
- contents
Repairs to plant and equipment
Stationery
Postage
Manufacturing wages
Office salaries
Directors salaries
- sales
- production
- other
Bank interest paid
Dividends paid
Non-current assets at cost - freehold property
- plant and equipment
- furniture and fittings
Loan interest paid
Purchases
Rents received
Sales
Share capital
Inventory as at 1 April, 20X8
$
16,810
15,410
4,810
14,000
9,000
5,160
12,000
14,000
9,980
158,410
36,980
41,000
39,000
51,440
12,000
16,000
1,440,000
810,000
264,000
14,000
2,454,000
28,000
3,320,000
400,000
112,000
You also obtain the following information:

(1) freehold property, plant and equipment, and furniture and fittings are written off over periods of 40 years, 4 years and 8 years
respectively. None of the assets has been fully depreciated. Depreciation has not been provided for the current year.
(2) inventory as at 31 March 20X9 has been valued at $176,000.
(3) income tax of $36,000 is to be provided for the year.
(4) the directors proposed a total dividend for the year of 5c per equity share on 20 March 20X9.
Prepare the Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income of Mobile for the year ended 31 March
20X9, in a form suitable for presentation to shareholders including the profit from operations note.
Note: You should think carefully about the classification of expenses.
249
250
Paper F7
Practice Questions
2
Numbers
The following list of account balances has been prepared by Numbers, plastics manufacturers, on 31 May, 20X8, which is the end of the
entitys accounting period:
$
Share capital
300,000 equity shares
of $1 each, fully paid
100,000 8.4% cumulative preference shares of
$1 each, fully paid
Revaluation surplus
Share premium account
General reserve
Retained earnings - 1 June 20X7
Patents and trademarks
Freehold land at cost
Leasehold property at cost
Amortisation of leasehold property - 1 June 20X7
Factory plant and equipment at cost
Accumulated depreciation - plant and equipment - 1 June 20X7
Fixtures and fittings at cost
Accumulated depreciation - fixtures and fittings - 1 June 20X7
Motor vehicles at cost
Accumulated depreciation - motor vehicles - 1 June 20X7
10% debentures (2001 - 2015)
Receivables/payables
Bank overdraft
Inventory - raw materials at cost - 1 June 20X7
Purchases - raw materials
Carriage inwards - raw materials
Manufacturing wages
Manufacturing overheads
Cash
Work in progress - 1 June 20X7
Sales
Selling and distribution expenses
Financial, legal and professional expenses
Provisions for doubtful debts - 1 June 20X7
Inventory - finished goods - 1 June 20X7
300,000
100,000
50,000
100,000
50,000
283,500
215,500
250,000
75,000
15,000
150,000
68,500
50,000
15,750
75,000
177,630
25,000
100,000
97,500
51,250
108,400
750,600
10,500
250,000
125,000
5,120
32,750
1,526,750
158,100
116,800
54,100
5,750
184,500
2,789,000
2,789,000
Paper F7
Practice Questions
Additional information:
(1) Inventories at 31 May 20X8 were:
Raw materials
Finished goods
Work in progress
$
112,600
275,350
37,800
(2)
Depreciation for the year is to be charged as follows:

Plant and equipment
8% on cost - charged to production expenses
Fixtures and fittings
10% on cost - charged to administrative expenses
Motor vehicles
20% on reducing value - 25% charged to administrative expenses

- 75% selling and distribution expenses
(3)
Manufacturing overheads include:

Plant hire
Works directors salary
(4)
(5)
(6)
10,000
10,000
Administrative expenses include:

Executive directors salaries
(three at $8,000 and one at $11,000)
Non-executive chairmans fees
35,000
2,500
Selling expenses include:

Sales directors salary
12,500
Financial, legal and professional expenses include:

Auditors fees
Auditors expenses
Taxation service fees (provided by the auditors)
Solicitors fees for purchase of freehold property during year
10,000
500
1,250
5,000
(7)
Provision is to be made for a full years interest on the debentures.
(8)
Income tax at 33% on the profits of the year is estimated at $40,000 and is due for payment on 28 February 20X9.
(9)
The directors have proposed that a dividend of 3.5c per share be paid on the equity share capital. No dividend was paid for the year
ended 31 May 20X7.
(10) The leasehold land and buildings are held on a 50 year lease, acquired ten years ago.
From the information given above, prepare the Financial Statements of Numbers for the year ended 31 May
20X8 for publication in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards. Ignore the requirement
for comparatives, a directors report and Statement of Cash Flows, but include a Statement of Changes in Equity.
251
252
Paper F7
Practice Questions
3
Gill and Job
Gill acquired 90% of the share capital of Job upon its incorporation on 1 January 20X1 for $25,000.
Their respective Statements of Financial Position as at 31 December 20X5 are as follows:
Non-current assets:
Property, plant & equipment
Investment in Job
Current assets
Total assets
Capital and reserves
Share capital ($1 equity shares)
Revaluation surplus
Retained earnings
Current liabilities
Gill
$
135,000
25,000
160,000
62,000
222,000
Job
$
60,000
60,000
46,000
106,000
50,000
50,000
90,000
190,000
14,000
18,000
222,000
25,000
15,000
40,000
80,000
12,000
14,000
106,000
Goodwill had been impaired by 80% as at 31 December, 2009 and is now to be fully impaired.
The NCI investment at date of acquisition was valued at $3,000
Produce the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position of Gill and its subsidiary as at 31 December 20X5.
Paper F7
Practice Questions
4
August Group
August purchased 75% of Scone for $2,000,000 10 years ago when the balance on its retained earnings was $1,044,000. The Statements
of Financial Position of the two entities as at 31 March 20X4 are as follows:
August
Scone
$000
$000
$000
$000
Non-current assets
Investment in Scone
2,000
Land and buildings
3,350
Plant and equipment
1,010
2,210
Motor vehicles
510
345
6,870
2,555
Current assets
Inventory
890
352
Receivables
1,372
514
Cash at bank and in hand
89
51
2,351
917
Total assets
9,221
3,472
Share capital
($1 equity shares)
1,000
500
Revaluation surplus
2,500
Retained earnings
4,225
2,610
7,725
3,110
10% debentures
500
Current liabilities
Trade payables
996
362
9,221
3,472
The following additional information is available:
(1) Included in receivables of August are amounts owed by Scone of $75,000. The current accounts do not at present balance due to
a payment for $39,000 being in transit at the year end from Scone.
(2) Included in the inventory of Scone are items purchased from August during the year for $31,200. August marks up its goods by 30%
to achieve its selling price.
(3) Goodwill has been impaired by 50%
(4) The value of the NCI investment at date of acquisition was $3.50 per share.
Prepare the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position for the August Group of entities as at 31 March 20X4.
253
254
Paper F7
Practice Questions
Wear
(3)
When Wear acquired its shares in Seat the fair value of Seats net assets equalled their book values with the following exceptions:
$000
Non-current assets
50 higher
Inventory
20 lower (all now sold)
Depreciation arising on the fair value adjustment to non-current assets since this date is $5,000.
(4)
During the year, Wear sold inventory to Seat for $16,000, which originally cost Wear $10,000. Three-quarters of this inventory has
subsequently been sold by Seat.
All three entities proposed a dividend of $20,000 before the year end which have not yet been accounted for.
Goodwill had been fully impaired by 1 January 20X4.
It is the group policy to value the non-controlling interests investment as their proportionate share of the subsidiarys fair valued
net assets as at date of acquisition.
Wear has held shares in two entities, Seat and Bow, for a number of years. As at 31 December 20X4 they have the following Statements
of Financial Position:
Wear
Seat
Bow
$000
$000
$000
$000
$000
$000
Non-current assets:
Property, plant & equipment
370
190
260
Investments
218
588
190
260
Current assets:
Inventories
160
100
180
Receivables
170
90
100
Cash
50
40
10
380
230
290
Total assets
968
420
550
Equity
Share capital ($1 ords)
200
80
50
Share premium
100
80
30
Retained earnings
568
200
400
868
360
480
Current liabilities
Trade payables
100
60
70
968
420
550
You ascertain the following additional information:
(1) The investments in the Statement of Financial Position comprise solely Wears investment in Seat ($128,000) and in Bow ($90,000).
(2) The 48,000 shares in Seat were acquired when Seats retained earnings were $20,000.
The 15,000 shares in Bow were acquired when that entity had a retained earnings balance of $150,000.
(5)
(6)
(7)
Produce the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position for the Wear Group incorporating the associate.
Paper F7
Practice Questions
6
Orange and Nancy
Orange acquired a 60% holding in Nancy three years ago when Nancys retained earnings balance stood at $16,000. Both businesses have
been very successful since the acquisition and their respective Statements of Comprehensive Income for the year ended 30 June 20X8
are as follows:
Orange
$
403,400
201,400
202,000
16,000
24,250
161,750
9,000
170,750
61,750
109,000
Revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Distribution costs
Dividends from Nancy
Profit before tax
Income tax expense
Profit after tax/net profit for the year
Nancy
$
193,000
92,600
100,400
14,600
17,800
68,000
22,000
46,000
During the year Nancy sold some goods to Orange for $40,000, including 25% mark up. Half of these items were still in inventory at the
year-end.
Statement of Changes in Equity (extract)
Balance at 30 June 20X7

Dividends
Balance at 30 June 20X8
Orange
Retained earnings
$
163,000
109,000
(40,000)
232,000
Nancy
Retained earnings
$
61,000
46,000
(25,000)
82,000
Produce the Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income of Orange and its
subsidiary for the year ended 30 June 20X8, and an extract from the Statement of Changes in Equity, showing
retained earnings. Goodwill is to be ignored.
Dole
Dole is an entity whose activities are in the field of major construction projects. During the year ended 30 September 20X7, it enters into
three separate construction contracts, each with a fixed contract price of $1,000,000. The following information relates to these contracts
at 30 September 20X7:
Contract
Payments on account (including amounts receivable)
Estimate costs to complete the work
Estimate percentage of work completed
A
$000
540
500
300
60%
B
$000
475
550
550
50%
C
$000
400
320
580
35%
(a) Show how each contract would be reflected in the Statement of Financial Position of Dole at 30 September
20X7 under IAS 11 (revised).
(b) Show how each contract would be reflected in the Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive
Income of Dole for the year ended 30 September 20X7 under IAS 11 (revised).
255
256
Paper F7
Practice Questions
8
Nice
Using the information below prepare the Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income and
Statement of Changes in Equity for Nice for the year ended 31 December 20X9.
(a) Nice Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income extract
Finance income
Finance cost
Profit before tax
Income tax
Profit after tax
Dividend
Retained profit
(b)
$000
792
24
(10)
806
(240)
566
(200)
366
Non-current assets
(i)
Assets held at cost were impaired by $25,000.
(ii) Freehold land and buildings were revalued to $500,000 (Book value $380,000).
(iii) A previously revalued asset was sold for $60,000. Details of the revaluation are as follows:
Book value at revaluation
Revaluation
Depreciation (80,000/10) 3)
$
30,000
50,000
80,000
24,000
56,000
Nice has been following paragraph 39 of IAS 16 which allows a reserve transfer to retained earnings of the realised
revaluation surplus (the difference between depreciation based on revalued amount and depreciation based on
cost) as the asset is used.
(iv)
Details of investment properties are as follows:

Original cost
Revaluation surplus
Value at 1.1.20X9
(c)
$
120,000
40,000
160,000
The properties had a valuation on 31 December 20X9 of $110,000. Nice previously accounted for its investment
properties by crediting gains to a revaluation surplus as allowed in the past by IAS 25. Nice now wishes to apply the
fair value model of IAS 40 which states that gains and losses should be accounted for in the Statement of Profit or
Loss and Other Comprehensive Income and that any previous revaluation surplus should be treated as a change in
accounting policy. No adjustment has yet been made for the change in accounting policy or subsequent fall in value.
Share capital
During the year the entity had the following changes to its capital structure.
(d)
(i)
A bonus issue of $200,000 $1 equity bonus shares capitalising its share premium account
(ii) An issue of 400,000 $1 equity shares (issue price $1.40 per share).
Shareholders equity
The book value of shareholders equity at the start of the year was as follows:
Issued capital
Share premium
Revaluation surplus
Retained earnings
$
2,800,000
1,150,000
750,000
2,120,000
6,820,000
Paper F7
Practice Questions
9
Tours
Tours entered into a lease for compressor equipment costing $12,000. The lease was signed on 1 January 20X1 and provided for 8 annual
rentals of $2,004 payable in advance followed by a secondary term of 17 years at a nominal rental of $1 pa renewable at the option of the
lessee.
On the same day, Bite entered into a lease with identical terms except that all rentals were payable in arrears - ie on 31 December each
year rather than 1 January.
For both entities, the estimated useful life of the equipment is 15 years and both entities have financial years ending on 31 December.
The interest rate implicit in the Speedpair lease is 9.26% and that for Bite is 6.928%
Produce extracts from the Financial Statements for the year ending 31 December 20X2 to show how the above
transactions would be reflected by Tours and Bite respectively.
10 Dial
The following information relates to Dial:

(1) The net book value of plant and equipment at 30 September 20X6 is $1,185,000.
(2) The tax written down value of plant and equipment at 1 October 20X5 was $405,000.
(3) During the year ended 30 September 20X6, the entity bought plant and equipment of $290,000, which is eligible for tax
depreciation.
(4) Dial bought its freehold property in 20W5 for $600,000. It was revalued in the 20X5 accounts to $1,500,000. Ignore depreciation on
buildings. No tax allowances were available to Dial on the buildings.
Draft the Statement of Financial Position note at 30 September 20X6 omitting comparatives, in respect of deferred
tax.
Work to the nearest $000. Assume a current income tax rate of 30%. Tax depreciation is at 25% on a reducing
balance basis. Timing differences are expected to reverse in 20X7. The income tax rate enacted for 20X7 is 28%.
257
258
Paper F7
Practice Questions
11 Code
The following is a list of account balances from the books of Code on 31 October 20X1 and 31 October 20X2, and an extract from the
Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income for the year ended 31 October 20X2.
20X1
20X2
$000
$000
Ordinary share capital
1,800
2,000
7.5% preference shares
400
200
Share premium
40
140
Retained earnings
213
438
Land at cost
500
570
Buildings at net book value
1,400
1,200
Plant and equipment at net book value
740
830
Vehicles at net book value
420
485
Inventories
202
246
Receivables
248
294
Cash at bank
20
Payables
167
106
Income tax liability
100
140
Bank overdraft
36
Long-term loan
600
350
Proposed dividends: - ordinary
180
200
- preference
30
15
Extracts from Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income of Code for the year ended 31
October 20X2
Finance cost (interest)
Profit before tax
Income tax expense
Profit after tax
643
63
580
140
440
Code has proposed dividends of $215

Additional information
1.
At 1 November 20X1 the balances on the accumulated depreciation accounts were as follows:
$000
Buildings
350
Plant and equipment
465
Vehicles
310
2.
The information below relates to assets sold during the year ended 31 October 20X2.
Cost
Buildings
Plant and equipment
Vehicles
3.
$000
250
220
120
Accumulated
depreciation
$000
155
105
70
Profit/(loss)
on sales
$000
20
(30)
(10)
Depreciation charged for the year ended 31 October 20X2 was as follows:
$000
Buildings
105
Plant and equipment
205
Vehicles
65
4.
On 30 April 20X2 a rights issue of 200,000 ordinary $1 shares at $1.50 per share was fully subscribed.
Note: Advanced tax is to be ignored.
Prepare for Code a Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended 31 October 20X2 in the form required by IAS 7
(revised). Use the indirect method.
Paper F7
Practice Questions
12 Jauciu
The summarised Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income for Jauciu for the year ended 31 August, 2009 is set out
below:
$000
Profit before tax
600
Tax
(180)
Profit after tax
420
Jauciu had $500,000 equity shares in issue with a nominal value of 50c each on 1 September, 2008. On 31 January, 2009, Jauciu issued
further shares with a nominal value of $200,000 at full market price.
On 1 April, 2009 Jauciu made a bonus issue of 3 shares for every 7 held, and on 31 May, 2009 made a rights issue of 3 shares for every 10
at an exercise price of $2.50.
Mid market price throughout the year was $4.00 per share.
Corporate tax rate is 28%.
Last years disclosed earnings per share figure was 25c.
Throughout the year Jauciu had borrowed $70,000 by way of convertible loan carrying interest at 7%. The terms of conversion allowed the
holders to exchange the loan into equity shares on the basis of either:
- for every $100 loan, 190 equity shares on 1 January, 2011
- for every $90 loan, 185 equity shares on 1 January, 2012
- for every $120 loan, 240 equity shares on 1 January 2015
In addition, the directors held share options allowing them to buy 2,000,000 equity shares at a price of $3,00 on or after 30 April 2013.
Calculate the basic earnings per share and the diluted earnings per share for Jauciu for the year ended 31 August, 2009
259
260
Paper F7
Paper F7

PRACTICE ANSWERS
Mobile
Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income for the year ended 31 March 20X9
Note
Revenue
Cost of sales (W1)
Gross profit
Other operating income
Distribution costs (W2)
Administrative costs (W3)
Other operating expenses (W4)
Finance cost (W5)
Profit before tax
Income tax expense
Profit after tax
Statement of Changes in Equity (extract)
$000
3,320,000
(2,817,320)
502,680
28,000
(45,810)
(126,400)
(99,970)
258,500
(26,000)
232,500
(36,000)
196,500

Profit for the year
Dividends (W6)
x
196,500
(40,000)
156,500 + x
Note:
Profit from operations is stated after charging:
Depreciation
Employee costs
Workings
W1
271,500
326,830
Cost of sales
$
Opening inventory
Purchases
Depreciation plant and equipment
(25% 810,000)
Heat and light
Repairs to plant and equipment
Manufacturing wages
Production director
$
112,000
2,454,000
2,566,000
202,500
15,410
12,000
158,410
39,000
Closing inventory
Cost of sales
427,320
(176,000)
2,817,320
261
262
Paper F7
Practice Answers
W2
Distribution costs
$
Carriage outwards
Sales director
W3
4,810
41,000
45,810
$
14,000
36,980
51,440
9,980
14,000
126,400
Bad debts
Office salaries
Other directors
Postage
Stationery
W4
Other operating expenses
$
16,810
9,000
5,160
36,000
33,000
99,970
Rent
Insurance premiums - buildings
- contents
Depreciation
- freehold (1,440 1/40)

- furniture and fittings (264 1/8)
Alternatives
(a)
bad debt expenses could have been treated as distribution.
(b)
b uilding insurance could have been treated as COS if you assume the building is the factory not the warehouse. The
same applies to the depreciation.
W5 Finance cost
$
Bank interest
12,000
Loan interest
14,000
26,000
W6 Dividends

Total dividend (5c 800,000) = $40,000
Numbers
Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income for the year ended 31 May 20X8
$
Revenue
Cost of sales (W3)
Gross profit
Distribution costs (W4)
Administrative expenses (W5)
Finance cost (Note 2)
Profit before tax
Income tax expense
Profit after tax/net profit for the year
124,300
216,200
$
1,526,750
1,048,000
478,750
340,500
138,250
18,400
119,850
40,000
79,850
Paper F7
Practice Answers
Statement of Financial Position as at 31 May 20X8

$
ASSETS
Non-current assets
Patents and trade marks
Land and buildings (Note 4)
Plant and equipment (Note 4)
Motor vehicles (Note 4)
Fixtures and fittings (Note 4)
215,500
313,500
69,500
40,000
29,250
667,750
Current assets
Inventories (Note 5)
Receivables (Note 6)
Cash in hand
425,750
171,880
5,120
602,750
1,270,500
TOTAL ASSETS
Equity
Issued share capital (Note 7)
Share premium account
Revaluation surplus
General reserve
Retained earnings
300,000
100,000
50,000
50,000
352,850
852,850
10% debentures
8.4% preference shares
Current liabilities
Bank overdraft
Trade payables
Loan interest
Dividends
Income tax
100,000
100,000
51,250
97,500
18,400
10,500
40,000
217,650
1,270,500

Statement of Changes in Equity for the year ended 31 May 20X8 (extract)
Retained
earnings
283,500
79,850
(10,500)
352,850
Balance at 1 June, 20X7

Dividends
Balance at 31 May, 20X8
Financial Statements for year ended 31 May 20X8
Notes to the financial statements
(1) Statement of Accounting Policies
(a)
These financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention
(b)
Depreciation of non-current assets is provided on the following bases

(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
Leasehold land and buildings

Plant and equipment
Fixtures and fittings
Motor vehicles
2%
8%
10%
20%
on cost
on cost
on cost
on reducing value
263
264
Paper F7
Practice Answers
(c)
(2)
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value.
Finance Costs
Interest expense on debenture loans
Preference dividend
(3) Dividends
Ordinary dividend - proposed
(4)
Tangible non-current assets
Cost or valuation at 1.6.X7

Additions
Cost or valuation at 31.5.X8
Freehold land & Leasehold land Factory plant & Motor vehicles
buildings
& buildings
equipment
$
$
$
$
75,000
150,000
75,000
255,000
255,000
75,000
150,000
75,000
Depreciation at 1.6.X7
Charge for the year
Depreciation at 31.5.X8
NBV at 31.5.X8
NBV at 1.6.X7
(8.4%)
10,000
8,400
18,400
(3.5c)
10,500
Fixtures and
fittings
$
50,000
50,000
Total
$
350,000
255,000
605,000
15,000
1,500
16,500
68,500
12,000
80,500
25,000
10,000
35,000
15,750
5,000
20,750
124,250
28,500
152,750
255,000
58,500
69,500
40,000
29,250
452,250
60,000
81,500
50,000
34,250
225,750
(5) Inventories
Raw materials
Work in progress
Finished goods
112,600
37,800
275,350
425,750
(6) Receivables
$
171,880
Trade receivables (177,630 - 5,750)

(7)
Called-up Share Capital

Issued
$
Share capital:
300,000 equity shares of $1 each, fully paid
300,000
Workings
W1 Depreciation
Cost of sales: 8% 150,000
Administration:
10% 500,000

1/4 20% 50,000
12,000
5,000
2,500
7,500
Selling and distribution:

3/4 20% 50,000
W2
7,500
Depreciation (amortisation) of lease:

1/50 $75,000
W3
1,500
Calculation of cost of sales

Raw materials consumed:
Opening inventory
Purchases
108,400
750,600
859,000
Paper F7
Practice Answers

112,600
Closing inventory
Carriage inwards
Manufacturing wages
Prime cost
Manufacturing overheads
Depreciation of plant
746,400
10,500
250,000
1,006,900
125,000
12,000
137,000
1,143,900
Adjustment for increase in work in progress

(opening 32,750 closing 37,800)
Cost of manufactured goods
Opening inventory of finished goods
(5,050)
1,138,850
184,500
1,323,350
(275.350)
1,048,000
Closing inventory of finished goods

Cost of goods sold
W4
W5
Distribution costs
per question
depreciation (W1)
116,800
7,500
124,300
Administrative expenses per question
158,100
financial expenses
less: solicitors fees capitalised
54,100
5,000
Depreciation (W1)
Amortisation of lease (W2)
49,100
7,500
1,500
216,200
Gill and Job
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as at 31 December 20x5

$
195,000
108,000
303,000
TNCA (135 + 60)

CA (62 + 46)
Total assets
Shares
Ret earnings (W3)
Revaluation surplus (50 + 90% 15)
Non-controlling interest (W4)
NC liabilities (14 + 12)
CL (18 +14)
Workings
W1 Group structure
G
90%
J
10%
50,000
123,300
63,500
8,200
245,000
26,000
32,000
303,000
265
266
Paper F7
Practice Answers
W2
Goodwill
$
Cost of investment
Net assets at date of acquisition:
Shares
25,000
25,000
3,000
2,400
600
Goodwill
Impaired 80 % brought forward
Impaired this year
W3
(Nci share of impairment brought forward

Nci share of this years impairment
per question
pre acquisition
... post acquisition
Our share (90%)
10% x 2,400 240

10% x 600
60)
G
90,000
36,000
126,000
2,700
123,300
Less goodwill impairment
W4
Non-controlling interest (10%)

Value @ doa
Share of Js post acq retd 10% x 40,000
3,000
4,000
7,000
300
6,700
1,500
8,200

+ 10% x revaluation reserve
August Group
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as at 31 March 20X4

INCA (W2)
TNCA L + B
PPE (1,010 + 2,210)
MV (510 + 345)
$
25,000
3,000
28,000
$
446,750
3,350,000
3,220,000
855,000
7,871,750
CA Inventory (890 7.2 + 352)

Receivables (1,372 75+ 514)
Cash (89 + 39 + 51)
1,234,800
1,811,000
179,000
11,096,550
Shares
Revaluation
Cons ret earnings (W3)
Non-controlling interest (W4)
NCL
CL (996 + 362 36)
1,000,000
2,500,000
5,057,237
717,313
500,000
1,322,000
11,096,550
J
40,000
40,000
90%
Paper F7
Practice Answers
Workings
W1 Group structure
A
75%
25%
W2
Goodwill
Cost of investment
Nci investment valuation 25% x 500,000 x $3.50
Net assets @ doa
Shares
Retained earnings
2,000,000
437,500
2,437,500
500,000
1,044,000
1,544,000
893,500
446,750
446,750
111,687)
Goodwill
Impaired 50%
W3

Per question
pups
pre acquisition
... post acquisition
As share
goodwill impairment
W4
NCI (25%)
Value @ doa
Share of post acq retd 25% 1,566,000
August
4,225,000
(7,200)
4,217,800
1,174,500
5,392,300
335,063
5,057,237
Scone
2,610,000
2,610,000
(1,044,000)
1,566,000
75%
437,500
391,500
829,000
111,687
717,313
Wear
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as at 31 December 20X4

Investment in Associate (W5A)
TNCA (370 + 190 + 50 -5)
Inventory (160 1.5 + 100) (W2)
Receivables (170 + 90)
Dividend from associate
Cash (50 + 40)
Shares
Premium
Cons ret earnings (W3)
NCI (W4A)
$
138,000
605,000
258,500
260,000
6,000
90,000
1,357,500
200,000
100,000
715,500
154,000
1,169,500
267
268
Paper F7
Practice Answers
CL (100 + 60)
Div payable
NCI div pble
Workings
160,000
20,000
8,000
1,357,500
W
60%
S
40%

W2 Goodwill
30%
B
S
128,000
84,000
212,000
Cost of investment
Net assets @ doa
Shares
Premium
Retained earnings
fv adjustments
TNCA
inventory
80,000
80,000
20,000
50,000
(20,000)
B
90,000
50,000
30,000
150,000
230,000
30%
210,000
2,000
2,000
Goodwill
Impaired
69,000
21,000
21,000
pups
C + = SP

6,000 (perq)

1/4 6,000 =
1,500 pup in W
Dividends
Receivables
Ret earnings
Pbles
W3
W
12
6
(20)
12
6
20

per question
dividend pble
dividend rbles
from S
from B
pup
fv adjustments
depreciation
- pre acquisition
post acq
Ws share
S
B
(20)
(20)
20
8
20
14
W
568,000
(20,000)
12,000
6,000
(1,500)
564,500
105,000
69,000
738,500
S
200,000
(20,000)
B
400,000
(20,000)
50,000
(5,000)
225,000
(50,000)
175,000
60%
380,000
(150,000)
230,000
30%
Paper F7
Practice Answers
goodwill impairment

S
100% x 2,000
B 100% x 21,000
W4A NCI (40%)

Value @ doa
Share of post acq retd 40% x 175,000
Less goodwill impairment (none, proportional)
W5A Investment in Associate (30%)

Cost
Share of post acq retd 30% 230,000
Less impairment
(2,000)
736,500
21,000
715,500
84,000
70,000
154,000
154,000
90,000
69,000
159,000
21,000
138,000
Orange and Nancy
Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income for the year ended 30 June, 20X8
$
556,400
258,000
298,400
(30,600)
(42,050)
225,750
(83,750)
142,000
Revenue (403,400 + 193,000 40,000)

Cost of sales (201,400 + 92,600 40,000 + 4,000)
Distribution costs (16,000 + 14,600)
Administrative expenses (24,250 + 17,800)
Tax (61,750 + 22,000)
Profit after tax
Statement of Changes in Equity (extract) for the year ended 30 June, 20X8
Brought forward (W3 b/f )
for the year
dividends
NCI (W4B)
Ret earnings
190,000
142,000
332,000
(40,000)
292,000
(16,800)
275,200
W1 O
60%
N
W2
40%
Goodwill question says to be ignored

pups
C
+
=
SP
100 25 125

25/125 1/2 40,000
=
4,000 pup in Nancy
NCI
24,400
24,400
(10,000)
14,400
16,800
31,200
269
270
Paper F7
Practice Answers
W3
Consolidated retained earnings (proof of the retained earnings in the Statement of Changes in Equity)
O
232,000
per question
pup
232,000
pre acq
our share
37,200
269,200
6,000
275,200
dividend from N
W3
Brought forward
O
163,000
per question
pre acq
post acq
our share
27,000
190,000
W4A NCI (40%)

40% (46,000 4,000)
40% 42,000
(a)
N
61,000
(16,000)
45,000
60%
16,800
Dole
Statement of Financial Position (extracts)

(extracts)
Revenue recognised
Costs recognised
Profit recognised
W1
Revenue recognised
Cost recognised
W2
N
82,000
(4,000)
78,000
(16,000)
62,000
60%
Costs to date
Attributable profit
Amounts invoiced
A
$
80,000
B
$
C
$
(25,000)
(45,000)
Total
$
80,000
(70,000)
600,000
(480,000)
120,000
500,000
(600,000)
(100,000)
350,000
(315,000)
35,000
1,450,000
(1,395,000)
55,000
60%
A
600,000
(480,000)
120,000
50%
B
500,000
(600,000)
(100,000)
35%
C
350,000
(315,000)
35,000
500,000
120,000
620,000
(540,000)
80,000
550,000
(100,000)
450,000
(475,000)
(25,000)
320,000
35,000
355,000
(400,000)
(45,000)
Paper F7
Practice Answers
8
(a)
Nice

20X9
$000
120
120
516
636

Net profit for the year (566 - 50)
Total recognised gains and losses
(b)
Note: The effect of the change in accounting policy would be shown at the foot of the comparative statement of recognised income
and expense (not required by the question).
Balance at 1 January 20X9

Change in accounting policy
Restated balance
Share Capital
Share
Premium
Revaluation
Surplus
Retained
Earnings
$000
2,800
$000
1,150
2,800
1,150
$000
750
(40)
710
120
120
$000
2,120
40
2,160
$000
6,820
_
6,820
120
120
(35)
516
(200)
35
795
2,511
516
(200)
560
7,816
Net profit for the year (566 - 50)

Dividends
Transfer of realised profit (W1)
Balance at 31 December 20X9
600
3,400
(40)
1,110
Total
(W1) Calculation of profit realised on sale of revalued asset

Revaluation recognised in past
Less: amounts transferred to retained earnings:
(80,000/10 - 30,000/10) 3
50,000
(15,000)
35,000
Tours
Tours and Bite

On the Statement of Financial Position (extracts) at 31 December, 200X2
TNCA (12,000 2 800)
LTL
Finance lease creditors
CL
Finance lease creditors

Accrued finance lease interest
T
10,600
7,740
1,178
826
B
10,600
8,232
1,341
On the Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income (extracts) for the year ended 31 December, 20X2
Operating expenses, depreciation
800
800
Finance charges, finance lease interest
826
750
In the Notes to the Financial Statements (extracts) for the year ended 31 December, 20X2
Accounting policy note about depreciation
A note reconciling minimum lease payments with the present value
Payable within one year
More than one year, less than five
More than five years
2,004
8,016
2,004
12,024
2,004
8,016
2,004
12,024
271
272
Paper F7
Practice Answers
Less interest not yet due
Present value of finance lease liabilities
Within one year
More than one year, less than five
More than one year

3,106
8,918
2,451
9,573
1,831
5,909
1,178
8,918
1,873
6,359
1,341
9,573
T
12,000
12,000
800
800
1,600
1,600
10,400
11,200
B
12,000
12,000
800
800
1,600
1,600
10,400
11,200
T
12,000
(2,004)
9,996
926
10,922
10,992
(2,004)
8,918
826
9,744
9,744
(2,004)
7,740
717
8,457
8,457
B
12,000
12,000
831
12,831
2,004
10,827
10,827
750
11,577
(2,004)
9,573
9,573
663
10,236
(2,004)
8,232
A note concerning the movement on TNCA

Cost brought forward, 1 January, 20X2
Aditions at cost
Disposals at cost
Cost carried forward, 31 December, 20X2
Depreciation brought forward,1 January, 20X2
For the year
On disposals
Depreciation carried forward, 31 December 20X2
Net book value at 31 December, 20X2
Net book value at 1 January 20X2
Workings
Cost at 1 January, 20X1
Deposit
Interest to 31 December 20X1
Paid on 31 December, 20X1
Balance at 31 December, 20X1
Paid on 1 January, 20X2
Interest to 31 December, 20X2
Paid on 1 January, 20X3
Interest to 31 December, 20X3
Paper F7
Practice Answers
10 Dial
20X6
$000
Amount charged to Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income (W1)
186
Amount charged to equity (W2) *
252
Balance c/d
438
* The deferred tax on the revaluation gain will be charged to the revaluation surplus as IAS 12 requires deferred tax on gains recognised
directly in equity to be charged or credited directly to equity.
Workings
1
Tax depreciation
$000
$000
At 30 September 20X6:
NBV
1,185
Tax WDV:
At 1 October 20X5
405
Expenditure in year
290
695
Less: WDA (25%)
(174)
(521)
Cumulative timing difference
664
@ 28%=
186
2
Revaluation surplus
Temporary difference ($1,500,000 $600,000) @ 28% = $252,000
11 Code
Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended 31 October 20x2
Adjustments for:
Depreciation
Loss on disposal of assets
Interest expense
Increase in inventories
Increase in receivables
Interest paid
Dividend paid
Tax paid
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
Proceeds from issue of shares
Redemption of preference shares
Repayment of long term loan
Net cash flow from financing activities
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning 1 November, 20X1
Cash and cash equivalents at 31 October, 20X2
580
375
20
63
1038
(44)
(46)
(61)
887
(63)
(210)
(100)
514
(660)
240
(420)
300
(200)
(250)
(150)
(56)
20
(36)
273
274
Paper F7
Practice Answers
Note to the Statement of Cash Flows

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash at bank and overdrafts and comprise the following Statement of Financial Position amounts.
20X2
20X1
Cash at bank
20
Overdrafts
(36)
_
(36)
20
Workings
W1 Additions to non current assets
Land & Buildings
$000
500
1,400
b/f Land
Buildings
... Additions
70
Disposal (250 - 155)

Depreciation
c/f Land
Buildings
1,970
Plant & Equipment
$000
740
b/f
... Additions
Disposal (220 - 105)

Depreciation
$000
95
105
570
1,200
1,970
$000
115
205
410
c/f
1,150
830
1,150
Vehicle
$000
420
b/f
... Additions
Disposal (120 - 70)

Depreciation
180
c/f
Total additions (70 + 410+ 180)=$660

W2
$000
50
65
Proceeds from disposal of non-current assets

Buildings
NBV
+ profit
P&E
NBV
- loss
Vehicles
NBV
- loss
Total proceeds (115 + 85 + 40)=$240
600
485
600
95
20
115
115
(30)
85
50
(10)
40
Paper F7
Practice Answers
W3
Dividends paid
Proposed preference dividend in 20X1 represents full dividend due for year (7.5% of $400), as does proposed preference dividend
in 20X2 (7.5% of $200). Therefore preference dividend paid in 20X2 is $30,000.
Equity dividends
Equity dividends
$000
180
... Cash
c/f
b/f
Statement of Comprehensive
Income (215 - 15)
200
380
In schedule format
Land cost
b/f
500
c/f
570
cash
70
Building cost
1,750
(250)
1,500
sold
b/f
sold
1,205
(220)
985
985
1,395
410
depn
c/f
cash
b/f
this year
c/f
cash
Plant & equipment

dep
465
(105)
360
205
565
565
Dividends
210
215
425
215
210 cash
1,500
Motor vehicles cost
dep
c/f
cash
Buildings dep
350
(155)
195
105
300
Motor vehicles dep
730
(120)
610
610
790
180
sold
310
(70)
240
65
305
305
Tax
b/f
this year
c/f
100
140
240
140
100
12 Jauciu
420,000
2,032,910
Basic eps
= 20.66c
Last year as disclosed

As restated (25 7/10 3.65/4)
25c
15.97c
Diluted eps
Working
D
1.9.08
31.1.09
1.4.09
31.5.09
15.82c
N
1,000,000
1,400,000
2,000,000
2,600,000
P
5/12
2/12
2/12
3/12
10/7
10/7
200
380
depn
c/f
Plant & equipment cost
$000
180
F
4/3.65
4/3.65
4/3.65
W
652.316
365,297
365,297
650,000
2,032,910
275
276
Paper F7
Practice Answers
Rights fraction calculation

10
4
40
3
2.50
7.50
13
3.65
47.50
Rights fraction is
4/3.65
Dilutions calculations
Options
2,000,000
3
1,500,000
4
500,000 pes and no pee
6,000,000
6,000,000
Loans
70,000
100
70,000
90
70,000
120
2011
2012
2015
190
133,000
185
143,888
240
140,000
take the 2012 conversion of 143,888 pes

70,000 7%
less tax @ 28%
net saving
options
loan
shares
2,032,910
500,000
2,532,910
143,888
2,676,798
4,900
1,372
3,528 pee
earnings
420,000
420,000
3,528
423,528
eps
20.66
16.58
15.82
deps

ACCA F7 December 2015 Notes

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ACCA F7 December 2015 Notes

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

ACCA F7 December 2015 Notes

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Se

Free resources for accountancy students

Please spread the word about OpenTuition, so

OpenTuition Lecture Notes can be downloaded FREE from http://opentuition.com

The best things

IMPORTANT!!! PLEASE READ CAREFULLY

To benefit from these notes you must watch the free

Financial Reporting basic concepts

The regulatory framework

Published Financial Statements

IFRS5 Discontinued operations and assets held for sale

Group Accounts: An Introduction

Preparation of the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

Group Accounts: Inter-entity Transactions

Group Accounts: Comprehensive Example

Accounting for Investments in Associates (IFRS3 Revised)

IAS 11 Construction Contracts

IAS 36 Impairment of Assets

IAS 37 Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets

IAS 23 Borrowing Costs

IAS 12 Income Taxes

IAS 7 (Revised): Statements of Cash Flows

Interpretation of Accounts Ratio Analysis

IAS 33 Earnings Per Share

IAS 16 Property, Plant and Equipment

IFRS 15 Revenue from contracts with customers

IAS 20 Government Grants

IAS 38 Intangible Assets

IAS 40 Investment Properties

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments

Mini Exercises Questions

Mini Exercises Answers

OpenTuition Lecture Notes can be downloaded FREE from OpenTuition.com

Free lectures available for Paper F7 - click here

FINANCIAL REPORTING BASIC CONCEPTS

Advantages and disadvantages of standardisation of accounting practices

provide a focal point for debate

require disclosure of policies adopted

encourage global discussion

enable meaningful comparison

reduce penumbral areas of divergent possibilities

pressure groups may succeed in asking for amendments

allowed alternative treatments standardisation?

inappropriate treatment could result from following a standard

rules take away use of skill and judgement

Free lectures available for Paper F7 - click here

THE REGULATORY FRAMEWORK

framework has been developed

generally accepted accounting practice ( gaap )

each countrys own law

international financial reporting standards

stock exchange requirements

but gaap does not have any statutory authority

changes and evolves with changing circumstances

provides a set of principles

purpose defined as assisting:

IASC in development of new standards

review of existing standards

harmonisation of standards and procedures

reduction of penumbral areas of divergent possibilities

Notes to the financial statements as required by international financial reporting standards